When not loading stats at startup (i.e. pgstat_discard_stats() getting
called), reset timestamps of fixed numbered stats would be left at
0. Oversight in 5891c7a8ed.
Instead use pgstat_reset_after_failure() and add tests verifying that
fixed-numbered reset timestamps are set appropriately.
Reported-By: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKFQuwamFuaQHKdhcMt4Gbw5+Hca2UE741B8gOOXoA=TtAd2Yw@mail.gmail.com
If a partitioned table has partitions owned by roles other than the
owner of the partitioned table, don't include them in the to-be-
clustered list. This is similar to what VACUUM FULL does (except we do
it sooner, because there is no reason to postpone it). Add a simple
test to verify that only owned partitions are clustered.
While at it, change memory context switch-and-back to occur once per
partition instead of outside of the loop.
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220411140609.GF26620@telsasoft.com
This is to gather some more evidence about why buildfarm member wrasse
is failing. We should revert it (or at least scale it way back) once
that's resolved.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1346227.1649887693@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 1a36bc9dba conained some logic that was a little opaque and
could have involved a NULL dereference, as complained about by Coverity.
Make the logic more transparent and in doing so avoid the NULL
dereference.
Only 1 of 3 of these changes appear to be handled by pgindent. That change
is new to v15. The remaining two appear to be left alone by pgindent. The
exact reason for that is not 100% clear to me. It seems related to the
fact that it's a line that contains *only* a single line comment and no
actual code. It does not seem worth investigating this in too much
detail. In any case, these do not conform to our usual practices, so fix
them.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220411020336.GB26620@telsasoft.com
Input for these should be case-insensitive, but was not completely
so. Comparing to the similar queries for timezone names, I realized
that we'd missed forcing the comparison pattern to lower-case.
With that, it behaves as I expect.
While here, flatten the sub-selects in these queries; I don't
find that those add any readability.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3369130.1649348542@sss.pgh.pa.us
Define "parameters with non-default settings" as being those that
not only have pg_settings.source different from 'default', but
also have a current value different from the hard-wired boot_val.
Adding the latter restriction removes a number of not-very-interesting
cases where the active setting is chosen by initdb but in practice
tends to be the same all the time.
Per discussion with Jonathan Katz.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YlFQLzlPi4QD0wSi@msg.df7cb.de
heap_fetch() used to have a "keep_buf" parameter that told it to return
ownership of the buffer pin to the caller after finding that the
requested tuple TID exists but is invisible to the specified snapshot.
This was thoughtlessly removed in commit 5db6df0c0, which broke
heapam_tuple_lock() (formerly EvalPlanQualFetch) because that function
needs to do more accesses to the tuple even if it's invisible. The net
effect is that we would continue to touch the page for a microsecond or
two after releasing pin on the buffer. Usually no harm would result;
but if a different session decided to defragment the page concurrently,
we could see garbage data and mistakenly conclude that there's no newer
tuple version to chain up to. (It's hard to say whether this has
happened in the field. The bug was actually found thanks to a later
change that allowed valgrind to detect accesses to non-pinned buffers.)
The most reasonable way to fix this is to reintroduce keep_buf,
although I made it behave slightly differently: buffer ownership
is passed back only if there is a valid tuple at the requested TID.
In HEAD, we can just add the parameter back to heap_fetch().
To avoid an API break in the back branches, introduce an additional
function heap_fetch_extended() in those branches.
In HEAD there is an additional, less obvious API change: tuple->t_data
will be set to NULL in all cases where buffer ownership is not returned,
in particular when the tuple exists but fails the time qual (and
!keep_buf). This is to defend against any other callers attempting to
access non-pinned buffers. We concluded that making that change in back
branches would be more likely to introduce problems than cure any.
In passing, remove a comment about heap_fetch that was obsoleted by
9a8ee1dc6.
Per bug #17462 from Daniil Anisimov. Back-patch to v12 where the bug
was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17462-9c98a0f00df9bd36@postgresql.org
There was a small buglet in commit 52e4f0cd47 whereby a tuple acquired
from cache was not released, giving rise to WARNING messages; fix that.
While at it, restructure the code a bit on stylistic grounds.
Author: Hou zj <houzj.fnst@fujitsu.com>
Reported-by: Peter Smith <smithpb2250@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila <amit.kapila16@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+PvKTyhTBtYCQsP6Ph7=o-oWRSX+v+PXXLXp81-o2bazig@mail.gmail.com
Commit f4fb45d15c misguidedly tried to free some state during aggregate
finalization for json_objectagg. This resulted in attempts to access
freed memory, especially when the function is used as a window function.
Commit 4eb9798879 attempted to ameliorate that, but in fact it should
just be ripped out, which is done here. Also add some regression tests
for json_objectagg in various flavors as a window function.
Original report from Jaime Casanova, diagnosis by Andres Freund.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkfeMNYRCGhySKyg@ahch-to
The last usage of this argument in this routine can be tracked down to
7e2f9062, aka 11 years ago. Getting rid of this argument can also be an
advantage for extensions calling check_index_is_clusterable(), as it
removes any need to worry about the meaning of what a recheck would be
at this level.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220411140609.GF26620@telsasoft.com
Since babbbb5 and the introduction of LZ4 in pg_receivewal, the
compression of the WAL archived is controlled by two options:
- --compression-method with "gzip", "none" or "lz4" as possible value.
- --compress=N to specify a compression level. This includes a
backward-incompatible change where a value of 0 leads to a failure
instead of no compression enforced.
This commit takes advantage of a4b5754 and 3603f7c to rework the
compression options of pg_receivewal, as of:
- The removal of --compression-method.
- The extenction of --compress to use the same grammar as pg_basebackup,
with a METHOD:DETAIL format, where a METHOD is "gzip", "none" or "lz4"
and a DETAIL is a comma-separated list of options, the only keyword
supported is now "level" to control the compression level. If only an
integer is specified as value of this option, "none" is implied on 0
and "gzip" is implied otherwise. This brings back --compress to be
backward-compatible with ~14, while still supporting LZ4.
This has also the advantage of centralizing the set of checks used by
pg_receivewal to validate its compression options.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YlPQGNAAa04raObK@paquier.xyz
This reverts commits 0147fc7, 4567596, aa64f23, and 5ecd018.
There is no longer agreement that introducing this function
was the right way to address the problem. The consensus now
seems to favor trying to make a correct value for MaxBackends
available to mdules executing their _PG_init() functions.
Nathan Bossart
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220323045229.i23skfscdbvrsuxa@jrouhaud
Enforce __pg_log_level message filtering centrally in logging.c,
instead of relying on the calling macros to do it. This is more
reliable (e.g. it works correctly for direct calls to pg_log_generic)
and it saves a percent or so of total code size because we get rid of
so many duplicate checks of __pg_log_level.
This does mean that argument expressions in a logging macro will be
evaluated even if we end up not printing anything. That seems of
little concern for INFO and higher levels as those messages are printed
by default, and most of our frontend programs don't even offer a way to
turn them off. I left the unlikely() checks in place for DEBUG
messages, though.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3993549.1649449609@sss.pgh.pa.us
The same structure, with the same set of elements (for none, lz4, gzip
and zstd), exists in compression.h, so let's make use of the centralized
version instead of duplicating things. Some of the variables used
previously for WalCompressionMethod are renamed to stick better with the
new structure and routine names.
WalCompressionMethod was leading to some confusion in walmethods.c, as
it was sometimes used to refer to some data unrelated to WAL.
Reported-by: Robert Haas
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YlPQGNAAa04raObK@paquier.xyz
We were setting MERGE source subplan's targetlist by expanding the
individual attributes of the source relation completely, early in the
parse analysis phase. This failed to work when the condition of an
action included a whole-row reference, causing setrefs.c to error out
with
ERROR: variable not found in subplan target lists
because at that point there is nothing to resolve the whole-row
reference with. We can fix this by having preprocess_targetlist expand
the source targetlist for Vars required from the source rel by all
actions. Moreover, by using this expansion mechanism we can do away
with the targetlist expansion in transformMergeStmt, which is good
because then we no longer pull in columns that aren't needed for
anything.
Add a test case for the problem.
While at it, remove some redundant code in preprocess_targetlist():
MERGE was doing separately what is already being done for UPDATE/DELETE,
so we can just rely on the latter and remove the former. (The handling
of inherited rels was different for MERGE, but that was a no-longer-
necessary hack.)
Fix outdated, related comments for fix_join_expr also.
Author: Richard Guo <guofenglinux@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Joe Wildish <joe@lateraljoin.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/fab3b90a-914d-46a9-beb0-df011ee39ee5@www.fastmail.com
Compression option handling (level, algorithm or even workers) can be
used across several parts of the system and not only base backups.
Structures, objects and routines are renamed in consequence, to remove
the concept of base backups from this part of the code making this
change straight-forward.
pg_receivewal, that has gained support for LZ4 since babbbb5, will make
use of this infrastructure for its set of compression options, bringing
more consistency with pg_basebackup. This cleanup needs to be done
before releasing a beta of 15. pg_dump is a potential future target, as
well, and adding more compression options to it may happen in 16~.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YlPQGNAAa04raObK@paquier.xyz
All but a few existing callers assume without checking that this
function succeeds. While it probably will, that's a poor excuse for
not checking. Let's make it return void and instead throw an error
if it doesn't find the block reference. Callers that actually need
to handle the no-such-block case must now use the underlying function
XLogRecGetBlockTagExtended.
In addition to being a bit less error-prone, this should also serve
to suppress some Coverity complaints about XLogRecGetBlockRefInfo.
While at it, clean up some inconsistency about use of the
XLogRecHasBlockRef macro: make XLogRecGetBlockTagExtended use
that instead of open-coding the same condition, and avoid calling
XLogRecHasBlockRef twice in relevant code paths. (That is,
calling XLogRecHasBlockRef followed by XLogRecGetBlockTag is now
deprecated: use XLogRecGetBlockTagExtended instead.)
Patch HEAD only; this doesn't seem to have enough value to consider
a back-branch API break.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/425039.1649701221@sss.pgh.pa.us
Remove comment block about how heap page vacuuming used to set tuples
with storage to LP_UNUSED in a rare edge case that can no longer happen
following commit 8523492d4e. The comments seem unnecessary now, since
it's now generally clear that heap vacuuming only applies to LP_DEAD
items from VACUUM's first heap pass following more recent work from
commits 12b5ade902 and 4f8d9d1217.
As of commit 39969e2a1, no caller of do_pg_backup_start() passes NULL
for labelfile or tblspcmapfile, nor is it plausible that any would
do so in the future. Remove the code that coped with that case,
as (a) it's dead and (b) it causes Coverity to bleat about possibly
leaked storage.
While here, do some janitorial work on the function's header comment.
\dconfig without an argument originally printed all parameters,
but it seems more useful to print only those parameters with
non-default settings. You can easily get the show-everything
behavior with "\dconfig *", but that output is unwieldy and
seems unlikely to be wanted very often.
Per suggestion from Christoph Berg.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YlFQLzlPi4QD0wSi@msg.df7cb.de
With nowait passed as false, pgstat_lock_entry() must return true
so there's no need to check its result. Coverity seems unconvinced
of this, so whack it upside the head with a (void) cast.
The existing coding resulted in touching every copyright-containing
file in the tree, even if it was already up to date. That doesn't
matter much for the annual run, but it's an annoyance if you try
to use the script for mop-up at the close of a devel cycle, as
I just did.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/266030.1649685473@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 4a7e964fc6 made pgperlsyncheck fail, but apparently nobody
noticed, although the buildfarm module that does more or less the same
thing was modified. So fix the in-core test. I will look at unifying the
two sets of tests so we avoid a future mismatch.
These apply to traces from Test::More functions such as ok(), is(),
diag() and note(). Output from other sources (e.g. external programs
such a initdb) is not affected. The elapsed time is the time since the
last such trace (or the beginning of the test in the first case). Times
and timestamps are at millisecond precision.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220401172150.rsycz4lrn7ewruil@alap3.anarazel.de
wrasse, at least, moans about the lack of any "return" statement
in these functions. You'd think pretty much everything would
know that exit(1) doesn't return, but evidently not.
Get rid of the separate "FATAL" log level, as it was applied
so inconsistently as to be meaningless. This mostly involves
s/pg_log_fatal/pg_log_error/g.
Create a macro pg_fatal() to handle the common use-case of
pg_log_error() immediately followed by exit(1). Various
modules had already invented either this or equivalent macros;
standardize on pg_fatal() and apply it where possible.
Invent the ability to add "detail" and "hint" messages to a
frontend message, much as we have long had in the backend.
Except where rewording was needed to convert existing coding
to detail/hint style, I have (mostly) resisted the temptation
to change existing message wording.
Patch by me. Design and patch reviewed at various stages by
Robert Haas, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Peter Eisentraut and
Daniel Gustafsson.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1363732.1636496441@sss.pgh.pa.us
Before commit 412ad7a556, delayChkpt
was a Boolean. Now it's an integer. Extensions using it need to be
appropriately updated, so let's rename the field to make sure that
a hard compilation failure occurs.
Replacing delayChkpt with delayChkptFlags made a few comments extend
past 80 characters, so I reflowed them and changed some wording very
slightly.
The back-branches will need a different change to restore compatibility
with existing minor releases; this is just for master.
Per suggestion from Tom Lane.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/a7880f4d-1d74-582a-ada7-dad168d046d1@enterprisedb.com
Commit 5a2832465f added
addFooterToPublicationDesc() as a wrapper around
printTableAddFooter(). The translation marker _() was moved to the
body of addFooterToPublicationDesc(), but addFooterToPublicationDesc()
was not added to GETTEXT_TRIGGERS, so those strings were lost for
translation. To fix, add the translation markers to the call sites of
addFooterToPublicationDesc() and remove the translation marker from
the body of the function. This seems easiest since there were only
two callers and it keeps the API consistent with
printTableAddFooter(). While we're here, add some const decorations
to the prototype of addFooterToPublicationDesc() for consistency with
printTableAddFooter().
Up until now, we've had a policy of only marking certain variables
in the PostgreSQL header files with PGDLLIMPORT, but now we've
decided to mark them all. This means that extensions running on
Windows should no longer operate at a disadvantage as compared to
extensions running on Linux: if the variable is present in a header
file, it should be accessible.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYanc1_FSfimhgiWSqVyP5KKmh5NP2BWNwDhO8Pg2vGYQ@mail.gmail.com
These are usually not useful since users will use packaged
distributions and won't be interested in rebuilding their installation
from source. Also, we have only used these kinds of hints for some
features and in some places, not consistently throughout.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/2552aed7-d0e9-280a-54aa-2dc7073f371d%40enterprisedb.com
Previously, the output of EXPLAIN (BUFFERS) option showed only the I/O
timing spent reading and writing shared and local buffers. This commit
adds on top of that the I/O timing for temporary buffers in the output
of EXPLAIN (for spilled external sorts, hashes, materialization. etc).
This can be helpful for users in cases where the I/O related to
temporary buffers is the bottleneck.
Like its cousin, this information is available only when track_io_timing
is enabled. Playing the patch, this is showing an extra overhead of up
to 1% even when using gettimeofday() as implementation for interval
timings, which is slightly within the usual range noise still that's
measurable.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Georgios Kokolatos, Melanie Plageman, Julien Rouhaud,
Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoAJgotTeP83p6HiAGDhs_9Fw9pZ2J=_tYTsiO5Ob-V5GQ@mail.gmail.com
With -DCATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE a few tests failed. Those were trying to test
behavior in the absence of invalidation processing and
-DCATCACHE_FORCE_RELEASE obviously adds a lot of invalidation processing. The
test already tried to handle debug_discard_caches > 0, by disabling it for
individual tests.
Instead hide potentially problematic function calls in a wrapper function that
catches the does-not-exist error. The error isn't the actually interesting
bit, it's whether the stats entry still exist afterwards.
I confirmed that the tests still catches leaked function stats if I nuke the
protections against that in pgstat_function.c.
Per buildfarm animal prion.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220407165709.jgdkrzqlkcwue6ko@alap3.anarazel.de
- subscriber stats reset path was untested
- slot stat sreset path for all slots was untested
- pg_stat_database.sessions etc was untested
- pg_stat_reset_shared() was untested, for any kind of shared stats
- pg_stat_reset() was untested
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Reclaim space from the line pointer array when heap pruning leaves
behind a contiguous group of LP_UNUSED items at the end of the array.
This happens during subsequent page defragmentation. Certain kinds of
heap line pointer bloat are ameliorated by this new optimization.
Follow-up work to commit 3c3b8a4b26, which taught VACUUM to truncate the
line pointer array in about the same way during VACUUM's second pass
over the heap. We now apply line pointer array truncation during both
the first and the second pass over the heap made by VACUUM. We can also
perform line pointer array truncation during opportunistic pruning.
Matthias van de Meent, with small tweaks by me.
Author: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WjgaQc55Y5f5CQd3L=eS5CZcff2Obxp=O6pto8-f0hC4w@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2Wg36%2B4at2eWJNcYNiW2FJmht34x3YeX54ctUSs7kKoNcA%40mail.gmail.com
Window functions such as row_number() always return a value higher than
the previously returned value for tuples in any given window partition.
Traditionally queries such as;
SELECT * FROM (
SELECT *, row_number() over (order by c) rn
FROM t
) t WHERE rn <= 10;
were executed fairly inefficiently. Neither the query planner nor the
executor knew that once rn made it to 11 that nothing further would match
the outer query's WHERE clause. It would blindly continue until all
tuples were exhausted from the subquery.
Here we implement means to make the above execute more efficiently.
This is done by way of adding a pg_proc.prosupport function to various of
the built-in window functions and adding supporting code to allow the
support function to inform the planner if the window function is
monotonically increasing, monotonically decreasing, both or neither. The
planner is then able to make use of that information and possibly allow
the executor to short-circuit execution by way of adding a "run condition"
to the WindowAgg to allow it to determine if some of its execution work
can be skipped.
This "run condition" is not like a normal filter. These run conditions
are only built using quals comparing values to monotonic window functions.
For monotonic increasing functions, quals making use of the btree
operators for <, <= and = can be used (assuming the window function column
is on the left). You can see here that once such a condition becomes false
that a monotonic increasing function could never make it subsequently true
again. For monotonically decreasing functions the >, >= and = btree
operators for the given type can be used for run conditions.
The best-case situation for this is when there is a single WindowAgg node
without a PARTITION BY clause. Here when the run condition becomes false
the WindowAgg node can simply return NULL. No more tuples will ever match
the run condition. It's a little more complex when there is a PARTITION
BY clause. In this case, we cannot return NULL as we must still process
other partitions. To speed this case up we pull tuples from the outer
plan to check if they're from the same partition and simply discard them
if they are. When we find a tuple belonging to another partition we start
processing as normal again until the run condition becomes false or we run
out of tuples to process.
When there are multiple WindowAgg nodes to evaluate then this complicates
the situation. For intermediate WindowAggs we must ensure we always
return all tuples to the calling node. Any filtering done could lead to
incorrect results in WindowAgg nodes above. For all intermediate nodes,
we can still save some work when the run condition becomes false. We've
no need to evaluate the WindowFuncs anymore. Other WindowAgg nodes cannot
reference the value of these and these tuples will not appear in the final
result anyway. The savings here are small in comparison to what can be
saved in the top-level WingowAgg, but still worthwhile.
Intermediate WindowAgg nodes never filter out tuples, but here we change
WindowAgg so that the top-level WindowAgg filters out tuples that don't
match the intermediate WindowAgg node's run condition. Such filters
appear in the "Filter" clause in EXPLAIN for the top-level WindowAgg node.
Here we add prosupport functions to allow the above to work for;
row_number(), rank(), dense_rank(), count(*) and count(expr). It appears
technically possible to do the same for min() and max(), however, it seems
unlikely to be useful enough, so that's not done here.
Bump catversion
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvqvp3At8++yF8ij06sdcoo1S_b2YoaT9D4Nf+MObzsrLQ@mail.gmail.com
Previously none of our tests triggered recovery conflicts. The test is
primarily motivated by needing tests for recovery conflict stats for shared
memory based pgstats. But it's also a decent start for recovery conflict
handling in general.
The only type of recovery conflict not tested yet are rcovery deadlock
conflicts.
By configuring log_recovery_conflict_waits the test adds some very minimal
testing for that path as well.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Tests that standbys:
- drop stats for objects when the those records are replayed
- persist stats across graceful restarts
- discard stats after immediate / crash restarts
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Plain \dconfig is basically equivalent to SHOW except that you can
give it a pattern with wildcards, either to match multiple GUCs or
because you don't exactly remember the name you want.
\dconfig+ adds type, context, and access-privilege information,
mainly because every other kind of object privilege has a psql command
to show it, so GUC privileges should too. (A form of this command was
in some versions of the patch series leading up to commit a0ffa885e.
We pulled it out then because of doubts that the design and code were
up to snuff, but I think subsequent work has resolved that.)
In passing, fix incorrect completion of GUC names in GRANT/REVOKE
ON PARAMETER: a0ffa885e neglected to use the VERBATIM form of
COMPLETE_WITH_QUERY, so it misbehaved for custom (qualified) GUC
names.
Mark Dilger and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3118455.1649267333@sss.pgh.pa.us
Test that stats are restored during normal restarts, discarded after a crash /
immediate restart, and that a corrupted stats file leads to stats being reset.
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Modify the subroutines called by RI trigger functions that want to check
if a given referenced value exists in the referenced relation to simply
scan the foreign key constraint's unique index, instead of using SPI to
execute
SELECT 1 FROM referenced_relation WHERE ref_key = $1
This saves a lot of work, especially when inserting into or updating a
referencing relation.
This rewrite allows to fix a PK row visibility bug caused by a partition
descriptor hack which requires ActiveSnapshot to be set to come up with
the correct set of partitions for the RI query running under REPEATABLE
READ isolation. We now set that snapshot indepedently of the snapshot
to be used by the PK index scan, so the two no longer interfere. The
buggy output in src/test/isolation/expected/fk-snapshot.out of the
relevant test case added by commit 00cb86e75d has been corrected.
(The bug still exists in branch 14, however, but this fix is too
invasive to backpatch.)
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Huinker <corey.huinker@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Li Japin <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqGkfJfYdeq5vHPh6eqPKjSbfpDDY+j-kXYFePQedtSLeg@mail.gmail.com
They are to check the behavior of RI_FKey_check() and
ri_Check_Pk_Match(). A test case whereby RI_FKey_check() queries a
partitioned PK table under REPEATABLE READ isolation produces wrong
output due to a bug of the partition-descriptor logic and that is noted
as such in the comment in the test. A subsequent commit will fix the
bug and replace the buggy output by the correct one.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1627848.1636676261@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add support for unlogged sequences. Unlike for unlogged tables, this
is not a performance feature. It allows sequences associated with
unlogged tables to be excluded from replication.
A new subcommand ALTER SEQUENCE ... SET LOGGED/UNLOGGED is added.
An identity/serial sequence now automatically gets and follows the
persistence level (logged/unlogged) of its owning table. (The
sequences owned by temporary tables were already temporary through the
separate mechanism in RangeVarAdjustRelationPersistence().) But you
can still change the persistence of an owned sequence separately.
Also, pg_dump and pg_upgrade preserve the persistence of existing
sequences.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/04e12818-2f98-257c-b926-2845d74ed04f%402ndquadrant.com
It might be worth instead splitting the test up to produce a smaller
alternative output file. But that's not trivial either, due to the number of
steps defined. And more than I want to do tonight.
Per buildfarm.
Introduce a new GUC recovery_prefetch. When enabled, look ahead in the
WAL and try to initiate asynchronous reading of referenced data blocks
that are not yet cached in our buffer pool. For now, this is done with
posix_fadvise(), which has several caveats. Since not all OSes have
that system call, "try" is provided so that it can be enabled where
available. Better mechanisms for asynchronous I/O are possible in later
work.
Set to "try" for now for test coverage. Default setting to be finalized
before release.
The GUC wal_decode_buffer_size limits the distance we can look ahead in
bytes of decoded data.
The existing GUC maintenance_io_concurrency is used to limit the number
of concurrent I/Os allowed, based on pessimistic heuristics used to
infer that I/Os have begun and completed. We'll also not look more than
maintenance_io_concurrency * 4 block references ahead.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera <alvherre@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Jakub Wartak <Jakub.Wartak@tomtom.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Dmitry Dolgov <9erthalion6@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Tested-by: Sait Talha Nisanci <Sait.Nisanci@microsoft.com> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq%3DAovOddfHpA%40mail.gmail.com
Change two macros to be static inline functions instead to keep the
data type consistent. This avoids a "comparison is always true"
warning that was occurring with -Wtype-limits. In the process, change
the names to look less like macros.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220407063505.njnnrmbn4sxqfsts@alap3.anarazel.de
In the stats collector days it was hard to write tests for the stats system,
because fundamentally delivery of stats messages over UDP was not
synchronous (nor guaranteed). Now we easily can force pending stats updates to
be flushed synchronously.
This moves stats.sql into a parallel group, there isn't a reason for it to run
in isolation anymore. And it may shake out some bugs.
Bumps catversion.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Just after committing 5891c7a8ed, a test running with debug_discard_caches=1
failed locally...
pgstat_drop_relation() neither checked pgstat_should_count_relation() nor
called pgstat_prep_relation_pending(). With debug_discard_caches=1
rel->pgstat_info wasn't set up, leading pg_stat_get_xact_tuples_inserted()
spuriously still returning > 0 while in the transaction dropping the table.
Zeroing out an lwlock in a normal build turns out to not trigger any alarms,
if nobody can use the lwlock at that moment (as the case here). But with
--disable-spinlocks --disable-atomics, the sema field needs to be initialized.
We probably should make sure that this fails on more common configurations as
well...
Per buildfarm animal rorqual
Broke with 5c279a6d35. But looks like it had been half-broken since
70e81861fa, because 'rmid' didn't refer to the current record's rmid anymore,
but to rmid from "Initialize resource managers" - a constant.
Allow extensions to specify a new custom resource manager (rmgr),
which allows specialized WAL. This is meant to be used by a Table
Access Method or Index Access Method.
Prior to this commit, only Generic WAL was available, which offers
support for recovery and physical replication but not logical
replication.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud, Bharath Rupireddy, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ed1fb2e22d15d3563ae0eb610f7b61bb15999c0a.camel%40j-davis.com
This change affects SubTransGetTopmostTransaction(), used to find the
topmost transaction ID of a given transaction ID. The cache is able to
store one value, so as we can save the backend from unnecessary lookups
at pg_subtrans/ on repetitive calls of this routine. There is a similar
practice in transam.c, for example.
Author: Simon Riggs
Reviewed-by: Andrey Borodin, Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-G8Co=yq4v4BkW7MJDqVt68K_8A48nAZ_+8UQS7LrwLEQ@mail.gmail.com
With stats now being stored in shared memory, the GUC isn't needed
anymore. However, the pg_stat_tmp directory and PG_STAT_TMP_DIR define are
kept, as pg_stat_statements (and some out-of-core extensions) store data in
it.
Docs will be updated in a subsequent commit, together with the other pending
docs updates due to shared memory stats.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220330233550.eiwsbearu6xhuqwe@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Previously the statistics collector received statistics updates via UDP and
shared statistics data by writing them out to temporary files regularly. These
files can reach tens of megabytes and are written out up to twice a
second. This has repeatedly prevented us from adding additional useful
statistics.
Now statistics are stored in shared memory. Statistics for variable-numbered
objects are stored in a dshash hashtable (backed by dynamic shared
memory). Fixed-numbered stats are stored in plain shared memory.
The header for pgstat.c contains an overview of the architecture.
The stats collector is not needed anymore, remove it.
By utilizing the transactional statistics drop infrastructure introduced in a
prior commit statistics entries cannot "leak" anymore. Previously leaked
statistics were dropped by pgstat_vacuum_stat(), called from [auto-]vacuum. On
systems with many small relations pgstat_vacuum_stat() could be quite
expensive.
Now that replicas drop statistics entries for dropped objects, it is not
necessary anymore to reset stats when starting from a cleanly shut down
replica.
Subsequent commits will perform some further code cleanup, adapt docs and add
tests.
Bumps PGSTAT_FILE_FORMAT_ID.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Melanie Plageman <melanieplageman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: "David G. Johnston" <david.g.johnston@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@2ndquadrant.com> (in a much earlier version)
Reviewed-By: Arthur Zakirov <a.zakirov@postgrespro.ru> (in a much earlier version)
Reviewed-By: Antonin Houska <ah@cybertec.at> (in a much earlier version)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210319235115.y3wz7hpnnrshdyv6@alap3.anarazel.de
Most of pgstat uses pgstat_<verb>_<subject>() or just <verb>_<subject>(). But
not all (some introduced fairly recently by me). Rename ones that aren't
intentionally following a different scheme (e.g. AtEOXact_*).
The column 'subskiplsn' uses TYPALIGN_DOUBLE (which has 4 bytes alignment
on AIX) for storage. But the C Struct (Form_pg_subscription) has 8-byte
alignment for this field, so retrieving it from storage causes an
unaligned read.
To fix this, we rearranged the 'subskiplsn' column in the catalog so that
it naturally comes at an 8-byte boundary.
We have fixed a similar problem in commit f3b421da5f. This patch adds a
test to avoid a similar mistake in the future.
Reported-by: Noah Misch
Diagnosed-by: Noah Misch, Masahiko Sawada, Amit Kapila
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Noah Misch, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220401074423.GC3682158@rfd.leadboat.comhttps://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDeScrsHhLyEPYqN3sydg6PxAPVBboK=30xJfUVihNZDA@mail.gmail.com
Previously the pgstat <-> replication slots API was done with on the basis of
names. However, the upcoming move to storing stats in shared memory makes it
more convenient to use a integer as key.
Change the replication slot functions to take the slot rather than the slot
name, and expose ReplicationSlotIndex() to compute the index of an replication
slot. Special handling will be required for restarts, as the index is not
stable across restarts. For now pgstat internally still uses names.
Rename pgstat_report_replslot_{create,drop}() to
pgstat_{create,drop}_replslot() to match the functions for other kinds of
stats.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
One problematic part of the current statistics collector design is that there
is no reliable way of getting rid of statistics entries. Because of that
pgstat_vacuum_stat() (called by [auto-]vacuum) matches all stats for the
current database with the catalog contents and tries to drop now-superfluous
entries. That's quite expensive. What's worse, it doesn't work on physical
replicas, despite physical replicas collection statistics entries.
This commit introduces infrastructure to create / drop statistics entries
transactionally, together with the underlying catalog objects (functions,
relations, subscriptions). pgstat_xact.c maintains a list of stats entries
created / dropped transactionally in the current transaction. To ensure the
removal of statistics entries is durable dropped statistics entries are
included in commit / abort (and prepare) records, which also ensures that
stats entries are dropped on standbys.
Statistics entries created separately from creating the underlying catalog
object (e.g. when stats were previously lost due to an immediate restart)
are *not* WAL logged. However that can only happen outside of the transaction
creating the catalog object, so it does not lead to "leaked" statistics
entries.
For this to work, functions creating / dropping functions / relations /
subscriptions need to call into pgstat. For subscriptions this was already
done when dropping subscriptions, via pgstat_report_subscription_drop() (now
renamed to pgstat_drop_subscription()).
This commit does not actually drop stats yet, it just provides the
infrastructure. It is however a largely independent piece of infrastructure,
so committing it separately makes sense.
Bumps XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
With the introduction of PgStat_Kind PgStat_Single_Reset_Type,
PgStat_Shared_Reset_Target don't make sense anymore. Replace them with
PgStat_Kind.
Instead of having dedicated reset functions for different kinds of stats, use
two generic helper routines (one to reset all stats of a kind, one to reset
one stats entry).
A number of reset functions were named pgstat_reset_*_counter(), despite
affecting multiple counters. The generic helper routines get rid of
pgstat_reset_single_counter(), pgstat_reset_subscription_counter().
Rename pgstat_reset_slru_counter(), pgstat_reset_replslot_counter() to
pgstat_reset_slru(), pgstat_reset_replslot() respectively, and have them only
deal with a single SLRU/slot. Resetting all SLRUs/slots goes through the
generic pgstat_reset_of_kind().
Previously pg_stat_reset_replication_slot() used SearchNamedReplicationSlot()
to check if a slot exists. API wise it seems better to move that to
pgstat_replslot.c.
This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
This option is useful to do a rewind with the server configuration file
(aka postgresql.conf) located outside the data directory, which is
something that some Linux distributions and some HA tools like to rely
on. As a result, this can simplify the logic around a rewind by
avoiding the copy of such files before running pg_rewind.
This option affects pg_rewind when it internally starts the target
cluster with some "postgres" commands, adding -c config_file=FILE to the
command strings generated, when:
- retrieving a restore_command using a "postgres -C" command for
-c/--restore-target-wal.
- forcing crash recovery once to get the cluster into a clean shutdown
state.
Author: Gunnar "Nick" Bluth
Reviewed-by: Michael Banck, Alexander Kukushkin, Michael Paquier,
Alexander Alekseev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c59265d-ac50-b0aa-ca1e-65e8bd27642a@pro-open.de
This seems beneficial on high-core-count machines, and not harmful
on lesser hardware. However, older ARM32 gear doesn't have this
instruction, so restrict the patch to ARM64.
Geoffrey Blake
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/78338F29-9D7F-4DC8-BD71-E9674CE71425@amazon.com
Until now index_concurrently_swap() directly modified pgstat internal
datastructures. That will break with the introduction of shared memory
statistics and seems off architecturally.
This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Only the pgstat_send_* functions that are called from outside pgstat*.c are
renamed (the rest will go away). This is done separately from the - quite
large - shared memory statistics patch to make review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
Soon the stats collector will be no more, with statistics instead getting
stored in shared memory. There are a lot of references to the stats collector
in comments. This commit replaces most of these references with "cumulative
statistics system", with the remaining ones getting replaced as part of
subsequent commits.
This is done separately from the - quite large - shared memory statistics
patch to make review easier.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220308205351.2xcn6k4x5yivcxyd@alap3.anarazel.de
The transactional integration code is largely independent from the rest of
pgstat.c. Subsequent commits will add more related code.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220404041516.cctrvpadhuriawlq@alap3.anarazel.de
It might seem pointless to allow use of dsm in single user mode, but otherwise
subsystems might need dedicated single user mode code paths.
Besides changing the assert, all that's needed is to make some windows code
assuming the presence of postmaster conditional.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGL9hY_VY=+oUK+Gc1iSRx-Ls5qeYJ6q=dQVZnT3R63Taw@mail.gmail.com
Exclusive-mode backups have been deprecated since 9.6 (when
non-exclusive backups were introduced) due to the issues
they can cause should the system crash while one is running and
generally because non-exclusive provides a much better interface.
Further, exclusive backup mode wasn't really being tested (nor was most
of the related code- like being able to log in just to stop an exclusive
backup and the bits of the state machine related to that) and having to
possibly deal with an exclusive backup and the backup_label file
existing during pg_basebackup, pg_rewind, etc, added other complexities
that we are better off without.
This patch removes the exclusive backup mode, the various special cases
for dealing with it, and greatly simplifies the online backup code and
documentation.
Authors: David Steele, Nathan Bossart
Reviewed-by: Chapman Flack
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ac7339ca-3718-3c93-929f-99e725d1172c@pgmasters.nethttps://postgr.es/m/CAHg+QDfiM+WU61tF6=nPZocMZvHDzCK47Kneyb0ZRULYzV5sKQ@mail.gmail.com
This patch allows "PGC_SUSET" parameters to be set by non-superusers
if they have been explicitly granted the privilege to do so.
The privilege to perform ALTER SYSTEM SET/RESET on a specific parameter
can also be granted.
Such privileges are cluster-wide, not per database. They are tracked
in a new shared catalog, pg_parameter_acl.
Granting and revoking these new privileges works as one would expect.
One caveat is that PGC_USERSET GUCs are unaffected by the SET privilege
--- one could wish that those were handled by a revocable grant to
PUBLIC, but they are not, because we couldn't make it robust enough
for GUCs defined by extensions.
Mark Dilger, reviewed at various times by Andrew Dunstan, Robert Haas,
Joshua Brindle, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3D691E20-C1D5-4B80-8BA5-6BEB63AF3029@enterprisedb.com
The test created a 1m row table in order to test parallel operation of
JSON_VALUE. However, this was more than were needed for the test, so
save time by halving it, and also by making the table unlogged.
Experimentation shows that this size is only a little above the number
required to generate the expected output.
Per gripe from Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220406022118.3ocqvhxr6kciw5am@alap3.anarazel.de
In commit 27e1f1456, create_append_plan() only allowed the subplan
created from a given subpath to be executed asynchronously when it was
an async-capable ForeignPath. To extend coverage, this patch handles
cases when the given subpath includes some other Path types as well that
can be omitted in the plan processing, such as a ProjectionPath directly
atop an async-capable ForeignPath, allowing asynchronous execution in
partitioned-scan/partitioned-join queries with non-Var tlist expressions
and more UNION queries.
Andrey Lepikhov and Etsuro Fujita, reviewed by Alexander Pyhalov and
Zhihong Yu.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/659c37a8-3e71-0ff2-394c-f04428c76f08%40postgrespro.ru
Commit 4a39f87acd changed the aggregated log format. Problem is, now
the explanatory paragraph for the log line in the document is too
long. Also the log format included more optional columns, and it's
harder to parse the log lines. This commit tries to solve the
problems.
- There's no optional log columns anymore. If a column is not
meaningful with provided pgbench option, it will be presented as 0.
- Reorder the log columns so that it's easier to parse them.
- Adjust explanatory paragraph for the log line in the doc.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/202203280757.3tu4ovs3petm%40alvherre.pgsql
It's possible for the query that "waits for restart" to complete a
successful iteration before the postmaster has noticed its SIGKILL'd
child and begun the restart cycle. (This is a bit hard to believe
perhaps, but it's been seen at least twice in the buildfarm, mainly
on ancient platforms that likely have quirky schedulers.)
To provide a more secure interlock, wait for the other session
we're using to report that it's been forcibly shut down.
Patch by me, based on a suggestion from Andres Freund.
Back-patch to v14 where this test case came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1801850.1649047827@sss.pgh.pa.us
The pg_fatal log which included filesizes were using UINT64_FORMAT for
the size_t variables, which failed on 32 bit buildfarm animals. Change
to using plain int instead, which is in line with how digestControlFile
is doing it already.
Per buildfarm animals florican and lapwing.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/13C2BF64-4A6D-47E4-9181-3A658F00C9B7@yesql.se
These clauses allow the user to specify how data from nested paths are
joined, allowing considerable freedom in shaping the tabular output of
JSON_TABLE.
PLAN DEFAULT allows the user to specify the global strategies when
dealing with sibling or child nested paths. The is often sufficient to
achieve the necessary goal, and is considerably simpler than the full
PLAN clause, which allows the user to specify the strategy to be used
for each named nested path.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
Commits 74cf7d46 and a61daa14 fixed pg_upgrade bugs involving oversights
in how relfrozenxid or relminmxid are carried forward or initialized.
Corruption caused by bugs of this nature was ameliorated by commit
78db307bb2, which taught VACUUM to always overwrite existing invalid
relfrozenxid or relminmxid values that are apparently "in the future".
Extend that work now by showing a warning in the event of overwriting
either relfrozenxid or relminmxid due to an existing value that is "in
the future". There is probably a decent chance that the sanity checks
added by commit 699bf7d05c will raise an error before VACUUM reaches
this point, but we shouldn't rely on that.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmRZEzeGvLv8yDW0AbFmSvJjTziORqjVUrf74mL4GL0Ww@mail.gmail.com
There's a race condition if a file changes in the source system
after we have collected the file list. If the file becomes larger,
we only fetched up to its original size. That can easily result in
a truncated file. That's not a problem for relation files, files
in pg_xact, etc. because any actions on them will be replayed from
the WAL. However, configuration files are affected.
This commit mitigates the race condition by fetching small files in
whole, even if they have grown. A test is added in which an extra
file copied is concurrently grown with the output of pg_rewind thus
guaranteeing it to have changed in size during the operation. This
is not a full fix: we still believe the original file size for files
larger than 1 MB. That should be enough for configuration files,
and doing more than that would require big changes to the chunking
logic in libpq_source.c.
This mitigates the race condition if the file is modified between
the original scan of files and copying the file, but there's still
a race condition if a file is changed while it's being copied.
That's a much smaller window, though, and pg_basebackup has the
same issue.
This race can be seen with pg_auto_failover, which frequently uses
ALTER SYSTEM, which updates postgresql.auto.conf. Often, pg_rewind
will fail, because the postgresql.auto.conf file changed concurrently
and a partial version of it was copied to the target. The partial
file would fail to parse, preventing the server from starting up.
Author: Heikki Linnakangas
Reviewed-by: Cary Huang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f67feb24-5833-88cb-1020-19a4a2b83ac7%40iki.fi
The test logic is extended with two new concepts:
- Addition of a compression command called compress_cmd, executed
between restore_cmd and dump_cmd to control the contents of the dumps.
In the case of this commit, this is used to compress or decompress
elements of a dump to test new code paths.
- Addition of a new flag called compile_option, to check if a set of
tests can be executed depending on the ./configure options used in a
given build.
The tests introduced here are for gzip, but they are designed so as they
can easily be extended for new compression methods.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos, Rachel Heaton
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/faUNEOpts9vunEaLnmxmG-DldLSg_ql137OC3JYDmgrOMHm1RvvWY2IdBkv_CRxm5spCCb_OmKNk2T03TMm0fBEWveFF9wA1WizPuAgB7Ss=@protonmail.com
* Move the execution pruning initialization steps that are common
between both ExecInitAppend() and ExecInitMergeAppend() into a new
function ExecInitPartitionPruning() defined in execPartition.c.
Those steps include creation of a PartitionPruneState to be used for
all instances of pruning and determining the minimal set of child
subplans that need to be initialized by performing initial pruning if
needed, and finally adjusting the subplan_map arrays in the
PartitionPruneState to reflect the new set of subplans remaining
after initial pruning if it was indeed performed.
ExecCreatePartitionPruneState() is no longer exported out of
execPartition.c and has been renamed to CreatePartitionPruneState()
as a local sub-routine of ExecInitPartitionPruning().
* Likewise, ExecFindInitialMatchingSubPlans() that was in charge of
performing initial pruning no longer needs to be exported. In fact,
since it would now have the same body as the more generally named
ExecFindMatchingSubPlans(), except differing in the value of
initial_prune passed to the common subroutine
find_matching_subplans_recurse(), it seems better to remove it and add
an initial_prune argument to ExecFindMatchingSubPlans().
* Add an ExprContext field to PartitionPruneContext to remove the
implicit assumption in the runtime pruning code that the ExprContext to
use to compute pruning expressions that need one can always rely on the
PlanState providing it. A future patch will allow runtime pruning (at
least the initial pruning steps) to be performed without the
corresponding PlanState yet having been created, so this will help.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqEYCpEqh2LMDOp9mT+4-QoVe8HgFMKBjntEMCTZLpcCCA@mail.gmail.com
The expected backend message after SIGQUIT changed in commit
7e784d1dc, but we missed updating this test case. Also, experience
shows that we might sometimes get "could not send data to server"
instead of either of the libpq messages the test is looking for.
Per report from Mark Dilger. Back-patch to v14 where the
backend message changed.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17BD82D7-49AC-40C9-8204-E7ADD30321A0@enterprisedb.com
The previous coding of dshash_seq_next(), on the first call, accessed
status->hash_table->size_log2 without holding a partition lock and without
guaranteeing that ensure_valid_bucket_pointers() had ever been called.
That oversight turns out to not have immediately visible effects, because
bucket 0 is always in partition 0, and ensure_valid_bucket_pointers() was
called after acquiring the partition lock. However,
PARTITION_FOR_BUCKET_INDEX() with a size_log2 of 0 ends up triggering formally
undefined behaviour.
Simplify by accessing partition 0, without using PARTITION_FOR_BUCKET_INDEX().
While at it, remove dshash_get_current(), there is no convincing use
case. Also polish a few comments.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGL9hY_VY=+oUK+Gc1iSRx-Ls5qeYJ6q=dQVZnT3R63Taw@mail.gmail.com
These would all need to be rephrased when moving to shared memory stats, but
since they don't provide actual information right now, remove them instead.
The comments for PgStat_Msg* are left in, because they will all be removed as
part of the shared memory stats patch.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
This feature allows jsonb data to be treated as a table and thus used in
a FROM clause like other tabular data. Data can be selected from the
jsonb using jsonpath expressions, and hoisted out of nested structures
in the jsonb to form multiple rows, more or less like an outer join.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zhihong Yu (whose
name I previously misspelled), Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson,
Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7e2cb85d-24cf-4abb-30a5-1a33715959bd@postgrespro.ru
Previously, psql printed only the last result if a command string
returned multiple result sets. Now it prints all of them. The
previous behavior can be obtained by setting the psql variable
SHOW_ALL_RESULTS to off.
This is a significantly enhanced version of
3a51306722 (that was later reverted).
There is also much more test coverage for various psql features now.
Author: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: "Iwata, Aya" <iwata.aya@jp.fujitsu.com> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Reviewed-by: vignesh C <vignesh21@gmail.com> (earlier version)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/alpine.DEB.2.21.1904132231510.8961@lancre
This script runs the core regression tests with quite a small value of
shared_buffers, making it prone to breakage due to synchronize_seqscans
kicking in where the tests don't expect that. Disable that feature to
stabilize the tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1258185.1648876239@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit f4fb45d15c tried to free memory during aggregate finalization.
This cause issues, particularly when used as a window function, so stop
doing that.
Per complaint by Jaime Casanova and diagnosis by Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkfeMNYRCGhySKyg@ahch-to
Before this patch, there was some code that tried to make sure that the
buffer was always big enough at the start, and then asserted that it
didn't need to be enlarged later. However, the code to make sure it was
big enough at the start doesn't actually work, and therefore it was
possible to fail an assertion and crash later.
Remove the code that tries to make sure the buffer is always big enough
at the start in favor of enlarging the buffer as we go along whenever
that is necessary.
The mistake probably happened because, on the server side, we do
actually need to guarantee that the buffer is big enough at the start
to avoid subsequent resizings. However, in that case, the calling
code makes promises about how much data it will provide at once, but
here, that's not the case.
Report by Justin Pryzby. Analysis by me. Patch by Dipesh Pandit.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220330143536.GG28503@telsasoft.com
The general usage pattern when we store tuples in tuplesort.c is that
we store a series of tuples one by one then either perform a sort or spill
them to disk. In the common case, there is no pfreeing of already stored
tuples. For the common case since we do not individually pfree tuples, we
have very little need for aset.c memory allocation behavior which
maintains freelists and always rounds allocation sizes up to the next
power of 2 size.
Here we conditionally use generation.c contexts for storing tuples in
tuplesort.c when the sort will never be bounded. Unfortunately, the
memory context to store tuples is already created by the time any calls
would be made to tuplesort_set_bound(), so here we add a new sort option
that allows callers to specify if they're going to need a bounded sort or
not. We'll use a standard aset.c allocator when this sort option is not
set.
Extension authors must ensure that the TUPLESORT_ALLOWBOUNDED flag is
used when calling tuplesort_begin_* for any sorts that make a call to
tuplesort_set_bound().
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoH4ASzsAOyHcxkuY01Qf++8JJ0paw+03dk+W25tQEcNQ@mail.gmail.com
This replaces the bool flag for randomAccess. An upcoming patch requires
adding another option, so instead of breaking the API for that, then
breaking it again one day if we add more options, let's just break it
once. Any boolean options we add in the future will just make use of an
unused bit in the flags.
Any extensions making use of tuplesorts will need to update their code
to pass TUPLESORT_RANDOMACCESS instead of true for randomAccess.
TUPLESORT_NONE can be used for a set of empty options.
Author: David Rowley
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvoH4ASzsAOyHcxkuY01Qf%2B%2B8JJ0paw%2B03dk%2BW25tQEcNQ%40mail.gmail.com
Here we make a series of improvements to the generation memory
allocator, namely:
1. Allow generation contexts to have a minimum, initial and maximum block
sizes. The standard allocator allows this already but when the generation
context was added, it only allowed fixed-sized blocks. The problem with
fixed-sized blocks is that it's difficult to choose how large to make the
blocks. If the chosen size is too small then we'd end up with a large
number of blocks and a large number of malloc calls. If the block size is
made too large, then memory is wasted.
2. Add support for "keeper" blocks. This is a special block that is
allocated along with the context itself but is never freed. Instead,
when the last chunk in the keeper block is freed, we simply mark the block
as empty to allow new allocations to make use of it.
3. Add facility to "recycle" newly empty blocks instead of freeing them
and having to later malloc an entire new block again. We do this by
recording a single GenerationBlock which has become empty of any chunks.
When we run out of space in the current block, we check to see if there is
a "freeblock" and use that if it contains enough space for the allocation.
Author: David Rowley, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Andy Fan
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d987fd54-01f8-0f73-af6c-519f799a0ab8@enterprisedb.com
When dispatching sort operations to specialized variants, commit
69749243 failed to handle the case where CLUSTER-sort decides not to
initialize datum1 and isnull1. Fix by hoisting that decision up a level
and advertising whether datum1 can be relied on, in the Tuplesortstate
object.
Per reports from UBsan and Valgrind build farm animals, while running
the cluster.sql test.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsF1TeK5Fic0M%2BTSJXzbKsY6aBqJGNj6ptURuB09ZF6k_w%40mail.gmail.com
datetime.c's parsing logic has assumed that strtod() will accept
a string that looks like ".", which it does in glibc, but not on
some less-common platforms such as AIX. The result of this was
that datetime fields like "123." would be accepted on some platforms
but not others; which is a sufficiently odd case that it's not that
surprising we've heard no field complaints. But commit e39f99046
extended that assumption to new places, and happened to add a test
case that exposed the platform dependency. Remove this dependency
by special-casing situations without any digits after the decimal
point.
(Again, this is in part a pre-existing bug but I don't feel a
compulsion to back-patch.)
Also, rearrange e39f99046's changes in formatting.c to avoid a
Coverity complaint that we were copying an uninitialized field.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1592893.1648969747@sss.pgh.pa.us
Non-aggressive VACUUMs were at a gratuitous disadvantage (relative to
aggressive VACUUMs) around advancing relfrozenxid and relminmxid before
now. The issue only came up when concurrent activity unset some heap
page's visibility map bit right as VACUUM was considering if the page
should get counted in frozenskipped_pages. The non-aggressive case
would recheck the all-frozen bit at this point. The aggressive case
reasoned that the page (a skippable page) must have at least been
all-frozen in the recent past, so skipping it won't make relfrozenxid
advancement unsafe (which is never okay for aggressive VACUUMs).
The recheck created a window for some other backend to confuse matters
for VACUUM. If the page's VM bit turned out to be unset, VACUUM would
conclude that the page was _never_ all-frozen. frozenskipped_pages was
not incremented, and yet VACUUM couldn't back out of skipping at this
late stage (it couldn't choose to scan the page instead). This made it
unsafe to advance relfrozenxid later on.
Consistently avoid the issue by generalizing how we skip frozen pages
during aggressive VACUUMs: take the same approach when skipping any
skippable page range during aggressive and non-aggressive VACUUMs alike.
The new approach makes ranges (not individual pages) the fundamental
unit of skipping using the visibility map. frozenskipped_pages is
replaced with a boolean flag that represents whether some skippable
range with one or more all-visible pages was actually skipped.
It is safe for VACUUM to treat a page as all-frozen provided it at least
had its all-frozen bit set after the OldestXmin cutoff was established.
VACUUM is only required to scan pages that might have XIDs < OldestXmin
(unfrozen XIDs) to be able to safely advance relfrozenxid. Tuples
concurrently inserted on "skipped" pages can be thought of as equivalent
to tuples concurrently inserted on a block >= rel_pages.
It's possible that the issue this commit fixes hardly ever came up in
practice. But we only had to be unlucky once to lose out on advancing
relfrozenxid -- a single affected heap page was enough to throw VACUUM
off. That seems like something to avoid on general principle. This is
similar to an issue fixed by commit 44fa8488, which taught vacuumlazy.c
to not give up on non-aggressive relfrozenxid advancement just because a
cleanup lock wasn't immediately available on some heap page.
Skipping an all-visible range is now explicitly structured as a choice
made by non-aggressive VACUUMs, by weighing known costs (scanning extra
skippable pages to freeze their tuples early) against known benefits
(advancing relfrozenxid early). This works in essentially the same way
as it always has (don't skip ranges < SKIP_PAGES_THRESHOLD). We could
do much better here in the future by considering other relevant factors.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzn6bGJGfOy3zSTJicKLw99PHJeSOQBOViKjSCinaxUKDQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BTgmoZiSOY6H7aadw5ZZGm7zYmfDzL6nwmL5V7GL4HgJgLF_w%40mail.gmail.com
When VACUUM set relfrozenxid before now, it set it to whatever value was
used to determine which tuples to freeze -- the FreezeLimit cutoff.
This approach was very naive. The relfrozenxid invariant only requires
that new relfrozenxid values be <= the oldest extant XID remaining in
the table (at the point that the VACUUM operation ends), which in
general might be much more recent than FreezeLimit.
VACUUM now carefully tracks the oldest remaining XID/MultiXactId as it
goes (the oldest remaining values _after_ lazy_scan_prune processing).
The final values are set as the table's new relfrozenxid and new
relminmxid in pg_class at the end of each VACUUM. The oldest XID might
come from a tuple's xmin, xmax, or xvac fields. It might even come from
one of the table's remaining MultiXacts.
Final relfrozenxid values must still be >= FreezeLimit in an aggressive
VACUUM (FreezeLimit still acts as a lower bound on the final value that
aggressive VACUUM can set relfrozenxid to). Since standard VACUUMs
still make no guarantees about advancing relfrozenxid, they might as
well set relfrozenxid to a value from well before FreezeLimit when the
opportunity presents itself. In general standard VACUUMs may now set
relfrozenxid to any value > the original relfrozenxid and <= OldestXmin.
Credit for the general idea of using the oldest extant XID to set
pg_class.relfrozenxid at the end of VACUUM goes to Andres Freund.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkymFbz6D_vL+jmqSn_5q1wsFvFrE+37yLgL_Rkfd6Gzg@mail.gmail.com
DecodeInterval (interval input) was careless about integer-overflow
hazards, allowing bogus results to be obtained for sufficiently
large input values. Also, since it initially converted the input
to a "struct tm", it was impossible to produce the full range of
representable interval values.
Meanwhile, EncodeInterval (interval output) and a few other
functions could suffer failures if asked to process sufficiently
large interval values, because they also relied on being able to
represent an interval in "struct tm" which is not designed to
handle that.
Fix all this stuff by introducing new struct types that are more
fit for purpose.
While this is clearly a bug fix, it's also an API break for any
code that's calling these functions directly. So back-patching
doesn't seem wise, especially in view of the lack of field
complaints.
Joe Koshakow, editorialized a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHff0JLYHwyBrtMx_=6wr=k2Xp+D+-X3vEhHjJYMj+mQcg@mail.gmail.com
Cover some cases that would have been broken by a proposed patch,
but we failed to notice for lack of test coverage. I'm pushing
this separately mainly to memorialize that it *is* our historical
behavior.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1344498.1648920056@sss.pgh.pa.us
Move some of the heap_vacuum_rel() instrumentation related variables to
the scope where they're actually needed. Also reorder some of the
variable declarations at the start of heap_vacuum_rel() so that related
variables appear together.
This is essentially the same as applying VACUUM FULL to a partitioned
table, which has been supported since commit 3c3bb99330 (March 2017).
While there's no great use case in applying CLUSTER to partitioned
tables, we don't have any strong reason not to allow it either.
For now, partitioned indexes cannot be marked clustered, so an index
must always be specified.
While at it, rename some variables that were RangeVars during the
development that led to 8bc717cb88 but never made it that way to the
source tree; there's no need to perpetuate names that have always been
more confusing than helpful.
Author: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias van de Meent <boekewurm+postgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201028003312.GU9241@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200611153502.GT14879@telsasoft.com
The buildfarm has revealed some instability in results from catalog
queries in tests from commit 1a36bc9dba. Cure this by adding ORDER BY
to such queries.
Previously, the specialized tuplesort routine inlined handling for
reverse-sort and NULLs-ordering but called the datum comparator via a
pointer in the SortSupport struct parameter. Testing has showed that we
can get a useful performance gain by specializing datum comparison for
the different representations of abbreviated keys -- signed and unsigned
64-bit integers and signed 32-bit integers. Almost all abbreviatable data
types will benefit -- the only exception for now is numeric, since the
datum comparison is more complex. The performance gain depends on data
type and input distribution, but often falls in the range of 10-20% faster.
Thomas Munro
Reviewed by Peter Geoghegan, review and performance testing by me
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CA%2BhUKGKKYttZZk-JMRQSVak%3DCXSJ5fiwtirFf%3Dn%3DPAbumvn1Ww%40mail.gmail.com
322becb has changed upgradecheck to use the TAP tests, discarding
pg_upgrade's tests in bincheck. However, this is proving to be a bad
idea for the Windows buildfarm clients that use MSVC when TAP tests are
disabled as this causes a hard failure at the pg_upgrade step.
This commit disables upgradecheck, moving the execution of the tests of
pg_upgrade to bincheck, as per an initial suggestion from Andres
Freund, so as the buildfarm is able to live happily with those changes.
While on it, remove the routine that was used by upgradecheck to
create databases whose names are generated with a range of ASCII
characters as it is not used since 322becb. upgradecheck is removed
from the CI script for Windows, as bincheck takes care of that now.
Per report from buildfarm member hamerkop (MSVC 2017 without a TAP
setup).
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkbnpriYEAagZ2wH@paquier.xyz
The current implementation supports exactly one IP address in a server
certificate's Common Name, which is brittle (the strings must match
exactly). This patch adds support for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in a
server's Subject Alternative Names.
Per discussion on-list:
- If the client's expected host is an IP address, we allow fallback to
the Subject Common Name if an iPAddress SAN is not present, even if
a dNSName is present. This matches the behavior of NSS, in
violation of the relevant RFCs.
- We also, counter-intuitively, match IP addresses embedded in dNSName
SANs. From inspection this appears to have been the behavior since
the SAN matching feature was introduced in acd08d76.
- Unlike NSS, we don't map IPv4 to IPv6 addresses, or vice-versa.
Author: Jacob Champion <pchampion@vmware.com>
Co-authored-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/9f5f20974cd3a4091a788cf7f00ab663d5fcdffe.camel@vmware.com
This makes the code more consistent with SpGiST, GiST and GIN, that
already use this style, and the idea is to make easier the introduction
of more sanity checks for each of these AM-specific macros. BRIN uses a
different set of macros to get a page's type and flags, so it has no
need for something similar.
Author: Matthias van de Meent
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEze2WjE3+tGO9Fs9+iZMU+z6mMZKo54W1Zt98WKqbEUHbHOBg@mail.gmail.com
This commit includes a set of improvements to help with the debugging of
failures in these new TAP tests:
- Instead of a plain diff command to compare the dumps generated, use
File::Compare::compare for the same effect. diff is still used to
provide more context in the event of an error.
- Log the contents of regression.diffs if the pg_regress command fails.
- Unify the format of the logs generated, getting inspiration from the
style used in 027_stream_regress.pl.
wrasse is the only buildfarm member that has reported a failure until
now after the introduction of 322becb, complaining that the dumps
generated do not match, and I am lacking information to understand what
is going in this environment.
This simplifies a lot of code in the tests of pg_upgrade without
sacrificing its coverage:
- Removal of test.sh used for builds with make, that has accumulated
over the years tweaks for problems that are solved in a duplicated way
by the centralized TAP framework (initialization of the various
environment variables PG*, port selection).
- Removal of the code in MSVC to test pg_upgrade. This was roughly a
duplicate of test.sh adapted for Windows, with an extra footprint of
a pg_regress command and all the assumptions behind it.
Support for upgrades with older versions is changed, not removed.
test.sh was able to set up the regression database on the old instance
by launching itself the pg_regress command and a dependency to the
source tree of thd old cluster, with tweaks on the command arguments to
adapt across the versions used. This created a backward-compatibility
dependency with older pg_regress commands, and recent changes like
d1029bb have made that much more complicated.
Instead, this commit allows tests with older major versions by
specifying a path to a SQL dump (taken with pg_dumpall from the old
cluster's installation) that will be loaded into the old instance to
upgrade instead of running pg_regress, through an optional environment
variable called $olddump. This requires a second variable called
$oldinstall to point to the base path of the installation of the old
cluster. This method is more in line with the buildfarm client that
uses a set of static dumps to set up an old instance, so hopefully we
will be able to reuse what is introduced in this commit there. The last
step of the tests that checks for differences between the two dumps
taken still needs to be improved as it can fail, requiring a manual
lookup at the dumps. This is not different from the old way of testing
where things could fail at the last step.
Support for EXTRA_REGRESS_OPTS is kept. vcregress.pl in the MSVC
scripts still handles the test of pg_upgrade with its upgradecheck, and
bincheck is changed to skip pg_upgrade.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Andres Freund, Rachel Heaton, Tom Lane,
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YJ8xTmLQkotVLpN5@paquier.xyz
Add exec_assign_value, exec_eval_datum, and exec_cast_value
to the set of functions a PL/pgSQL debugger plugin can
conveniently call. This allows more convenient manipulation
of the values of PL/pgSQL function variables.
Pavel Stehule, reviewed by Aleksander Alekseev and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFj8pRD+dBPU0T-KrkP7ef6QNPDEsjYCejEsBe07NDq8TybOkA@mail.gmail.com
This patch is extracted from a larger patch that allowed setting the
default returned value from these functions to json or jsonb. That had
problems, but this piece of it is fine. For these functions only json or
jsonb can be specified in the RETURNING clause.
Extracted from an original patch from Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
postgres_fdw would push ORDER BY clauses to the remote side without
verifying that the sort operator is safe to ship. Moreover, it failed
to print a suitable USING clause if the sort operator isn't default
for the sort expression's type. The net result of this is that the
remote sort might not have anywhere near the semantics we expect,
which'd be disastrous for locally-performed merge joins in particular.
We addressed similar issues in the context of ORDER BY within an
aggregate function call in commit 7012b132d, but failed to notice
that query-level ORDER BY was broken. Thus, much of the necessary
logic already existed, but it requires refactoring to be usable
in both cases.
Back-patch to all supported branches. In HEAD only, remove the
core code's copy of find_em_expr_for_rel, which is no longer used
and really should never have been pushed into equivclass.c in the
first place.
Ronan Dunklau, per report from David Rowley;
reviews by David Rowley, Ranier Vilela, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAApHDvr4OeC2DBVY--zVP83-K=bYrTD7F8SZDhN4g+pj2f2S-A@mail.gmail.com
When testing check-world it's hard to know what the test the test failure
output belongs to. The tap test output is especially problematic, partially
due to our practice of reusing test names like 001_basic.pl.
This isn't a real issue on the buildfarm, which invokes tests separately, but
locally and for CI it's quite annoying.
To fix, the test target provisos in Makefile.global.in now output
echo "+++ (regress|isolation|tap) [install-]check in $(subdir) +++"
before running the tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220330165039.3zseuiraxfjkksf5@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit fb16d2c658 used the old but not quite old enough parent module,
which dates to perl version 5.10.1 as a core module. We still have a
dinosaur or two running older versions of perl, so rather than require
an upgrade in those we simply do in place what parent.pm's import()
would have done for us.
Reviewed by Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/474104.1648685981@sss.pgh.pa.us
This breaks out the fetch-it-all-and-print case in SendQuery() into a
separate function. This makes the code more similar to the other
cases \gdesc and run query with FETCH_COUNT, and makes SendQuery()
itself a bit smaller.
Extracted from a larger patch with more changes in this area to
follow.
Author: Fabien COELHO <coelho@cri.ensmp.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/alpine.DEB.2.21.1904132231510.8961@lancre
When we create or alter a subscription to add publications raise a warning
for non-existent publications. We don't want to give an error here because
it is possible that users can later create the missing publications.
Author: Vignesh C
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Japin Li, Dilip Kumar, Euler Taveira, Ashutosh Sharma, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALDaNm0f4YujGW+q-Di0CbZpnQKFFrXntikaQQKuEmGG0=Zw=Q@mail.gmail.com
Compression with gzip has never been supported in the tar format of
pg_dump since this code has been introduced in c3e18804, as the use of
buffered I/O in gzdopen() changes the file positioning that tar
requires. The original idea behind the use of compression with the tar
mode is to be able to include compressed data files (named %u.dat.gz)
and blob files (blob_%u.dat.gz) in the tarball generated by the dump,
with toc.dat, that tracks down if compression is used in the dump,
always uncompressed.
Note that this commit removes the dump part of the code as well as the
restore part, removing any dependency to zlib in pg_backup_tar.c. There
could be an argument behind keeping around the restore part, but this
would require one to change the internals of a tarball previously dumped
so as data and blob files are compressed with toc.dat itself changed to
track down if compression is enabled. However, the argument about
gzdopen() still holds in the read case with pg_restore.
Removing this code simplifies future additions related to compression in
pg_dump.
Author: Georgios Kokolatos, Rachel Heaton
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/faUNEOpts9vunEaLnmxmG-DldLSg_ql137OC3JYDmgrOMHm1RvvWY2IdBkv_CRxm5spCCb_OmKNk2T03TMm0fBEWveFF9wA1WizPuAgB7Ss=@protonmail.com
When evaluating a query with a multi-column GROUP BY clause using sort,
the cost may be heavily dependent on the order in which the keys are
compared when building the groups. Grouping does not imply any ordering,
so we're allowed to compare the keys in arbitrary order, and a Hash Agg
leverages this. But for Group Agg, we simply compared keys in the order
as specified in the query. This commit explores alternative ordering of
the keys, trying to find a cheaper one.
In principle, we might generate grouping paths for all permutations of
the keys, and leave the rest to the optimizer. But that might get very
expensive, so we try to pick only a couple interesting orderings based
on both local and global information.
When planning the grouping path, we explore statistics (number of
distinct values, cost of the comparison function) for the keys and
reorder them to minimize comparison costs. Intuitively, it may be better
to perform more expensive comparisons (for complex data types etc.)
last, because maybe the cheaper comparisons will be enough. Similarly,
the higher the cardinality of a key, the lower the probability we’ll
need to compare more keys. The patch generates and costs various
orderings, picking the cheapest ones.
The ordering of group keys may interact with other parts of the query,
some of which may not be known while planning the grouping. E.g. there
may be an explicit ORDER BY clause, or some other ordering-dependent
operation, higher up in the query, and using the same ordering may allow
using either incremental sort or even eliminate the sort entirely.
The patch generates orderings and picks those minimizing the comparison
cost (for various pathkeys), and then adds orderings that might be
useful for operations higher up in the plan (ORDER BY, etc.). Finally,
it always keeps the ordering specified in the query, on the assumption
the user might have additional insights.
This introduces a new GUC enable_group_by_reordering, so that the
optimization may be disabled if needed.
The original patch was proposed by Teodor Sigaev, and later improved and
reworked by Dmitry Dolgov. Reviews by a number of people, including me,
Andrey Lepikhov, Claudio Freire, Ibrar Ahmed and Zhihong Yu.
Author: Dmitry Dolgov, Teodor Sigaev, Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Andrey Lepikhov, Claudio Freire, Ibrar Ahmed, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c79e6a5-8597-74e8-0671-1c39d124c9d6%40sigaev.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2Bq6zcW_4o2NC0zutLkOJPsFt80megSpX_dVRo6GK9PC-Jx_Ag%40mail.gmail.com
This Patch introduces three SQL standard JSON functions:
JSON() (incorrectly mentioned in my commit message for f4fb45d15c)
JSON_SCALAR()
JSON_SERIALIZE()
JSON() produces json values from text, bytea, json or jsonb values, and
has facilitites for handling duplicate keys.
JSON_SCALAR() produces a json value from any scalar sql value, including
json and jsonb.
JSON_SERIALIZE() produces text or bytea from input which containis or
represents json or jsonb;
For the most part these functions don't add any significant new
capabilities, but they will be of use to users wanting standard
compliant JSON handling.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
We do this via a subclass for any branch older than the minimum known
to be compatible with the main package (currently release 12).
This should be useful for constructing cross-version tests.
In theory this could be extended back any number of versions, with
varying degrees of compatibility.
Reviewed by Michael Paquier and Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a3efd19a-d5c9-fdf2-6094-4cde056a2708@dunslane.net
libzstd allows transparent parallel compression just by setting
an option when creating the compression context, so permit that
for both client and server-side backup compression. To use this,
use something like pg_basebackup --compress WHERE-zstd:workers=N
where WHERE is "client" or "server" and N is an integer.
When compression is performed on the server side, this will spawn
threads inside the PostgreSQL backend. While there is almost no
PostgreSQL server code which is thread-safe, the threads here are used
internally by libzstd and touch only data structures controlled by
libzstd.
Patch by me, based in part on earlier work by Dipesh Pandit
and Jeevan Ladhe. Reviewed by Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobj6u-nWF-j=FemygUhobhryLxf9h-wJN7W-2rSsseHNA@mail.gmail.com
COPY FROM supports the HEADER option to silently discard the header
line from a CSV or text file. It is possible to load by mistake a
file that matches the expected format, for example, if two text
columns have been swapped, resulting in garbage in the database.
This adds a new option value HEADER MATCH that checks the column names
in the header line against the actual column names and errors out if
they do not match.
Author: Rémi Lapeyre <remi.lapeyre@lenstra.fr>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Verite <daniel@manitou-mail.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAF1-J-0PtCWMeLtswwGV2M70U26n4g33gpe1rcKQqe6wVQDrFA@mail.gmail.com
The current logical replication behavior is to send every transaction to
subscriber even if the transaction is empty. This can happen because
transaction doesn't contain changes from the selected publications or all
the changes got filtered. It is a waste of CPU cycles and network
bandwidth to build/transmit these empty transactions.
This patch addresses the above problem by postponing the BEGIN message
until the first change is sent. While processing a COMMIT message, if
there was no other change for that transaction, do not send the COMMIT
message. This allows us to skip sending BEGIN/COMMIT messages for empty
transactions.
When skipping empty transactions in synchronous replication mode, we send
a keepalive message to avoid delaying such transactions.
Author: Ajin Cherian, Hou Zhijie, Euler Taveira
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Takamichi Osumi, Shi Yu, Masahiko Sawada, Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAMkU=1yohp9-dv48FLoSPrMqYEyyS5ZWkaZGD41RJr10xiNo_Q@mail.gmail.com
Curently, some TAP test that directly call the underlying function
PostgreSQL::Test::Utils::run_log() care about the return value, but
none of those that call it via PostgreSQL::Test::Cluster::run_log() care.
However, I'd like to add a test that will care, so adjust this function
to return whatever it gets back from the underlying function, just as
we do for a number of other functions in this module.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobj6u-nWF-j=FemygUhobhryLxf9h-wJN7W-2rSsseHNA@mail.gmail.com
This introduces the SQL/JSON functions for querying JSON data using
jsonpath expressions. The functions are:
JSON_EXISTS()
JSON_QUERY()
JSON_VALUE()
All of these functions only operate on jsonb. The workaround for now is
to cast the argument to jsonb.
JSON_EXISTS() tests if the jsonpath expression applied to the jsonb
value yields any values. JSON_VALUE() must return a single value, and an
error occurs if it tries to return multiple values. JSON_QUERY() must
return a json object or array, and there are various WRAPPER options for
handling scalar or multi-value results. Both these functions have
options for handling EMPTY and ERROR conditions.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Linux thinks that something like "createdb foo -S bar" is perfectly
fine, but Windows wants the options to precede any bare arguments, so
we must write "createdb -S bar foo" for portability.
Per reports from CI, the buildfarm, and Andres.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220329173536.7d2ywdatsprxl4x6@alap3.anarazel.de
Because this strategy logs changes on a block-by-block basis, it
avoids the need to checkpoint before and after the operation.
However, because it logs each changed block individually, it might
generate a lot of extra write-ahead logging if the template database
is large. Therefore, the older strategy remains available via a new
STRATEGY parameter to CREATE DATABASE, and a corresponding --strategy
option to createdb.
Somewhat controversially, this patch assembles the list of relations
to be copied to the new database by reading the pg_class relation of
the template database. Cross-database access like this isn't normally
possible, but it can be made to work here because there can't be any
connections to the database being copied, nor can it contain any
in-doubt transactions. Even so, we have to use lower-level interfaces
than normal, since the table scan and relcache interfaces will not
work for a database to which we're not connected. The advantage of
this approach is that we do not need to rely on the filesystem to
determine what ought to be copied, but instead on PostgreSQL's own
knowledge of the database structure. This avoids, for example,
copying stray files that happen to be located in the source database
directory.
Dilip Kumar, with a fairly large number of cosmetic changes by me.
Reviewed and tested by Ashutosh Sharma, Andres Freund, John Naylor,
Greg Nancarrow, Neha Sharma. Additional feedback from Bruce Momjian,
Heikki Linnakangas, Julien Rouhaud, Adam Brusselback, Kyotaro
Horiguchi, Tomas Vondra, Andrew Dunstan, Álvaro Herrera, and others.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYtcdxBjLh31DLxUXHxFVMPGzrU5_T=CYCvRyFHywSBUQ@mail.gmail.com
Currently, libpq client code must have a connection handle
before it can query the "library" SSL attribute. This poses
problems if the client needs to know what SSL library is in
use before constructing a connection string.
Allow PQsslAttribute(NULL, "library") to return the library
in use -- currently, just "OpenSSL" or NULL. The new behavior
is announced with the LIBPQ_HAS_SSL_LIBRARY_DETECTION feature
macro, allowing clients to differentiate between a libpq that
was compiled without SSL support and a libpq that's just too
old to tell.
Author: Jacob Champion <pchampion@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/4c8b76ef434a96627170a31c3acd33cbfd6e41f1.camel@vmware.com
This view is similar to pg_hba_file_rules view, except that it is
associated with the parsing of pg_ident.conf. Similarly to its cousin,
this view is useful to check via SQL if changes planned in pg_ident.conf
would work upon reload or restart, or to diagnose a previous failure.
Bumps catalog version.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
The regression tests include a query to check the execution path of
pg_hba_file_rules, but it has never checked that a given cluster has
correct contents in pg_hba.conf. This commit extends the query of
pg_hba_file_rules to report any errors if anything bad is found. For
EXEC_BACKEND builds, any connection attempt would fail when loading
pg_hba.conf if any incorrect content is found when parsed, so a failure
would be detected before even running this query. However, this can
become handy for clusters where pg_hba.conf can be reloaded, where new
connection attempts are not subject to a fresh loading of pg_hba.conf.
Author: Julien Rouhaud, based on an idea from me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YkFhpydhyeNNo3Xl@paquier.xyz
This patch intrdocuces the SQL standard IS JSON predicate. It operates
on text and bytea values representing JSON as well as on the json and
jsonb types. Each test has an IS and IS NOT variant. The tests are:
IS JSON [VALUE]
IS JSON ARRAY
IS JSON OBJECT
IS JSON SCALAR
IS JSON WITH | WITHOUT UNIQUE KEYS
These are mostly self-explanatory, but note that IS JSON WITHOUT UNIQUE
KEYS is true whenever IS JSON is true, and IS JSON WITH UNIQUE KEYS is
true whenever IS JSON is true except it IS JSON OBJECT is true and there
are duplicate keys (which is never the case when applied to jsonb values).
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Generally if a role is granted membership to another role with NOINHERIT
they must use SET ROLE to access the privileges of that role, however
with predefined roles the membership and privilege is conflated. Fix that
by replacing is_member_of_role with has_privs_for_role for predefined
roles. Patch does not remove is_member_of_role from acl.h, but it does
add a warning not to use that function for privilege checking. Not
backpatched based on hackers list discussion.
Author: Joshua Brindle
Reviewed-by: Stephen Frost, Nathan Bossart, Joe Conway
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/CAGB+Vh4Zv_TvKt2tv3QNS6tUM_F_9icmuj0zjywwcgVi4PAhFA@mail.gmail.com
Commit f9fd176461 effectively gave
every role ADMIN OPTION on itself. However, this appears to be
something that happened accidentally as a result of refactoring
work rather than an intentional decision. Almost a decade later,
it was discovered that this was a security vulnerability. As a
result, commit fea164a72a restricted
this implicit ADMIN OPTION privilege to be exercisable only when
the role being administered is the same as the session user and
when no security-restricted operation is in progress. That
commit also documented the existence of this implicit privilege
for what seems to be the first time.
The effect of the privilege is to allow a login role to grant
the privileges of that role, and optionally ADMIN OPTION on it,
to some other role. That's an unusual thing to do, because generally
membership is granted in roles used as groups, rather than roles
used as users. Therefore, it does not seem likely that removing
the privilege will break things for many PostgreSQL users.
However, it will make it easier to reason about the permissions
system. This is the only case where a user who has not been given any
special permission (superuser, or ADMIN OPTION on some role) can
modify role membership, so removing it makes things more consistent.
For example, if a superuser sets up role A and B and grants A to B
but no other privileges to anyone, she can now be sure that no one
else will be able to revoke that grant. Without this change, that
would have been true only if A was a non-login role.
Patch by me. Reviewed by Tom Lane and Stephen Frost.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoawdt03kbA+dNyBcNWJpRxu0f4X=69Y3+DkXXZqmwMDLg@mail.gmail.com
When we try to set the zstd compression level either on the client
or on the server, check for errors.
For any algorithm, on the client side, don't try to set the compression
level unless the user specified one. This was visibly broken for
zstd, which managed to set -1 rather than 0 in this case, but tidy
up the code for the other methods, too.
On the client side, if we fail to create a ZSTD_CCtx, exit after
reporting the error. Otherwise we'll dereference a null pointer.
Patch by me, reviewed by Dipesh Pandit.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZK3zLQUCGi1h4XZw4jHiAWtcACc+GsdJR1_Mc19jUjXA@mail.gmail.com
This has no in-core callers but will be wanted by extensions.
It's just a thin wrapper around get_query_def, so it adds little code.
Also, fix get_from_clause_item() to force insertion of an alias
for a SUBQUERY RTE item. This is irrelevant to existing uses because
RTE_SUBQUERY items made by the parser always have aliases already.
However, if one tried to use pg_get_querydef() to inspect a post-rewrite
Query, it could be an issue. In any case, get_from_clause_item already
contained logic to force alias insertion for VALUES items, so the lack
of the same for SUBQUERY is a pretty clear oversight.
In passing, replace duplicated code for selection of pretty-print
options with a common macro.
Julien Rouhaud, reviewed by Pavel Stehule, Gilles Darold, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210627041138.zklczwmu3ms4ufnk@nol
MERGE performs actions that modify rows in the target table using a
source table or query. MERGE provides a single SQL statement that can
conditionally INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE rows -- a task that would otherwise
require multiple PL statements. For example,
MERGE INTO target AS t
USING source AS s
ON t.tid = s.sid
WHEN MATCHED AND t.balance > s.delta THEN
UPDATE SET balance = t.balance - s.delta
WHEN MATCHED THEN
DELETE
WHEN NOT MATCHED AND s.delta > 0 THEN
INSERT VALUES (s.sid, s.delta)
WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN
DO NOTHING;
MERGE works with regular tables, partitioned tables and inheritance
hierarchies, including column and row security enforcement, as well as
support for row and statement triggers and transition tables therein.
MERGE is optimized for OLTP and is parameterizable, though also useful
for large scale ETL/ELT. MERGE is not intended to be used in preference
to existing single SQL commands for INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE since there
is some overhead. MERGE can be used from PL/pgSQL.
MERGE does not support targetting updatable views or foreign tables, and
RETURNING clauses are not allowed either. These limitations are likely
fixable with sufficient effort. Rewrite rules are also not supported,
but it's not clear that we'd want to support them.
Author: Pavan Deolasee <pavan.deolasee@gmail.com>
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Author: Simon Riggs <simon.riggs@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com> (earlier versions)
Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANP8+jKitBSrB7oTgT9CY2i1ObfOt36z0XMraQc+Xrz8QB0nXA@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkJdBuxj9PO=2QaO9-3h3xGbQPZ34kJH=HukRekwM-GZg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20201231134736.GA25392@alvherre.pgsql
Per ECMAScript standard (ECMA-262, referenced by SQL standard), the
syntax forms
.1
1.
should be allowed for decimal numeric literals, but the existing
implementation rejected them.
Also, by the same standard, reject trailing junk after numeric
literals.
Note that the ECMAScript standard for numeric literals is in respects
like these slightly different from the JSON standard, which might be
the original cause for this discrepancy.
A change is that this kind of syntax is now rejected:
1.type()
This needs to be written as
(1).type()
This is correct; normal JavaScript also does not accept this syntax.
We also need to fix up the jsonpath output function for this case. We
put parentheses around numeric items if they are followed by another
path item.
Reviewed-by: Nikita Glukhov <n.gluhov@postgrespro.ru>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/50a828cc-0a00-7791-7883-2ed06dfb2dbb@enterprisedb.com
So far the first of the retries introduced in f28bf667f6 resolves the
issue. But I (Andres) am still suspicious that the start of the failures might
indicate a problem.
To reduce noise, stop reporting a failure if a retry resolves the problem. To
allow figuring out what causes the slow slot drop, add a few more debug
messages to ReplicationSlotDropPtr.
See also commit afdeff1052, fe0972ee5e and f28bf667f6.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220327213219.smdvfkq2fl74flow@alap3.anarazel.de
pg_stat_get_replication_slot() accidentally was marked as non-strict, crashing
when called with NULL input. As it's already released, introduce an explicit
NULL check in 14, fix the catalog in HEAD.
Bumps catversion in HEAD.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220326212432.s5n2maw6kugnpyxw@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 14-, where replication slot stats were introduced
After closedir() dirent->d_name is not valid anymore. As there alerady are a
few places relying on the limited lifetime of pg_waldump, do so here as well,
and just pg_strdup() the string.
The bug was introduced in fc49e24fa6.
Found by UBSan, run locally.
Backpatch: 11-, like fc49e24fa6 itself.
This patch introduces the SQL/JSON standard constructors for JSON:
JSON()
JSON_ARRAY()
JSON_ARRAYAGG()
JSON_OBJECT()
JSON_OBJECTAGG()
For the most part these functions provide facilities that mimic
existing json/jsonb functions. However, they also offer some useful
additional functionality. In addition to text input, the JSON() function
accepts bytea input, which it will decode and constuct a json value from.
The other functions provide useful options for handling duplicate keys
and null values.
This series of patches will be followed by a consolidated documentation
patch.
Nikita Glukhov
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON
constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node
executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo]
clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause.
The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these.
Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance).
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup, Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu,
Himanshu Upadhyaya, Daniel Gustafsson, Justin Pryzby.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
This is a follow-up to commit 7dac61402 which removed a set of unused
modules from the TAP test.
The Config references in the pg_ctl and pg_rewind tests were removed
in commit 1c6d46293. Fcntl ':mode' and File::stat in the pg_ctl test
were added in c37b3d08c which was probably a leftover from an earlier
version of the patch, as the function using these was added to another
module in that commit.
The Config reference in the ldap test was added in ee56c3b21 which in
turn use $^O instead of interrogating Config.
Author: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/87lewyqk45.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
flatten_join_alias_vars_mutator counted attnums, but didn't
do anything with the count (no doubt it did at one time).
Noted by buildfarm member seawasp.
In the wake of commit 4a39f87ac, which noticeably increased the
size of struct StatsData and thereby ParsedScript, Coverity started
to complain that ParsedScript was unreasonably large to be passing
by value. The two places that do this are only used during setup,
so they're not really dragging down benchmark measurements --- but
gratuitous inefficiency is not a good look in a benchmarking program.
Convert to use pointers instead.
Commit 8c6d30f21 caused this function to fail to set *displen
in the PS_USE_NONE code path. If the variable's previous value
had been negative, that'd lead to a memory clobber at some call
sites. We'd managed not to notice due to very thin test coverage
of such configurations, but this appears to explain buildfarm member
lorikeet's recent struggles.
Credit to Andrew Dunstan for spotting the problem. Back-patch
to v13 where the bug was introduced.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/136102.1648320427@sss.pgh.pa.us
One of the TAP tests added in 923def9a53 did not wait after creating a
subscription, and wait_for_catchup is not sufficient for this. So if the
tablesync workers happen do not complete quickly enough, the test won't
see the expected results.
This probably explains intermittent failures on a couple buildfarm
animals (komodoensis, petalura and snapper).
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/170549.1648330634@sss.pgh.pa.us
The SSL TAP tests were tightly coupled to the OpenSSL implementation,
making it hard to add support for additional SSL/TLS backends. This
refactoring makes the test avoid depending on specific implementations
The SSLServer Perl module is renamed SSL::Server, which in turn use
SSL::Backend::X where X is the backend pointed to by with_ssl. Each
backend will implement its own module responsible for setting up keys,
certs and to resolve sslkey values to their implementation specific
value (file paths or vault nicknames etc). Further, switch_server_cert
now takes a set of named parameters rather than a fixed set which used
defaults. The modules also come with POD documentation.
There are a few testcases which still use OpenSSL specifics, but it's
not entirely clear how to abstract those until we have another library
implemented.
Original patch by me, with lots of rework by Andrew Dunstan to turn it
into better Perl.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AA18A362-CA65-4F9A-AF61-76AE318FE97C@yesql.se
clang 13 with -Wextra warns that "performing pointer subtraction with
a null pointer has undefined behavior" in the places where freepage.c
tries to set a relptr variable to constant NULL. This appears to be
a compiler bug, but it's unlikely to get fixed instantly. Fortunately,
we can work around it by introducing an inline support function, which
seems like a good change anyway because it removes the macro's existing
double-evaluation hazard.
Backpatch to v10 where this code was introduced.
Patch by me, based on an idea of Andres Freund's.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/48826.1648310694@sss.pgh.pa.us
A fair percentage of the buildfarm doesn't recognize that oldcxt
won't be used uninitialized; silence those warnings by initializing it.
While here, upgrade the function's thoroughly inadequate header comment.
Oversight in 923def9a5, per buildfarm.
This allows specifying an optional column list when adding a table to
logical replication. The column list may be specified after the table
name, enclosed in parentheses. Columns not included in this list are not
sent to the subscriber, allowing the schema on the subscriber to be a
subset of the publisher schema.
For UPDATE/DELETE publications, the column list needs to cover all
REPLICA IDENTITY columns. For INSERT publications, the column list is
arbitrary and may omit some REPLICA IDENTITY columns. Furthermore, if
the table uses REPLICA IDENTITY FULL, column list is not allowed.
The column list can contain only simple column references. Complex
expressions, function calls etc. are not allowed. This restriction could
be relaxed in the future.
During the initial table synchronization, only columns included in the
column list are copied to the subscriber. If the subscription has
several publications, containing the same table with different column
lists, columns specified in any of the lists will be copied.
This means all columns are replicated if the table has no column list
at all (which is treated as column list with all columns), or when of
the publications is defined as FOR ALL TABLES (possibly IN SCHEMA that
matches the schema of the table).
For partitioned tables, publish_via_partition_root determines whether
the column list for the root or the leaf relation will be used. If the
parameter is 'false' (the default), the list defined for the leaf
relation is used. Otherwise, the column list for the root partition
will be used.
Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> now display any column lists.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Alvaro Herrera, Rahila Syed
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Alvaro Herrera, Vignesh C, Ibrar Ahmed,
Amit Kapila, Hou zj, Peter Smith, Wang wei, Tang, Shi yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2L28vddB_NFdRVpuyRBJEBWjz4BSyTB=_ektNRH8NJ1jf95g@mail.gmail.com
The previous method for doing that was to write zeroes into a
predetermined set of page locations. However, there's a roughly
1-in-64K chance that the existing checksum will match by chance,
and yesterday several buildfarm animals started to reproducibly
see that, resulting in test failures because no checksum mismatch
was reported.
Since the checksum includes the page LSN, test success depends on
the length of the installation's WAL history, which is affected by
(at least) the initial catalog contents, the set of locales installed
on the system, and the length of the pathname of the test directory.
Sooner or later we were going to hit a chance match, and today is
that day.
Harden these tests by specifically inverting the checksum field and
leaving all else alone, thereby guaranteeing that the checksum is
incorrect.
In passing, fix places that were using seek() to set up for syswrite(),
a combination that the Perl docs very explicitly warn against. We've
probably escaped problems because no regular buffered I/O is done on
these filehandles; but if it ever breaks, we wouldn't deserve or get
much sympathy.
Although we've only seen problems in HEAD, now that we recognize the
environmental dependencies it seems like it might be just a matter
of time until someone manages to hit this in back-branch testing.
Hence, back-patch to v11 where we started doing this kind of test.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3192026.1648185780@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 75b1521dae added support for logical replication of sequences,
including grammar changes, but it did not update preprocess_pubobj_list
accordingly. This can cause segfaults with "continuations", i.e. when
command specifies a list of objects:
CREATE PUBLICATION p FOR SEQUENCE s1, s2;
Reported by Amit Kapila, patch by me.
Reported-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JxDNKGBSNTyN-Xj2JRjzFo+ziSqJbjH==vuO0YF_CQrg@mail.gmail.com
Crash recovery on standby may encounter missing directories when
replaying create database WAL records. Prior to this patch, the standby
would fail to recover in such a case. However, the directories could be
legitimately missing. Consider a sequence of WAL records as follows:
CREATE DATABASE
DROP DATABASE
DROP TABLESPACE
If, after replaying the last WAL record and removing the tablespace
directory, the standby crashes and has to replay the create database
record again, the crash recovery must be able to move on.
This patch adds a mechanism similar to invalid-page tracking, to keep a
tally of missing directories during crash recovery. If all the missing
directory references are matched with corresponding drop records at the
end of crash recovery, the standby can safely continue following the
primary.
Backpatch to 13, at least for now. The bug is older, but fixing it in
older branches requires more careful study of the interactions with
commit e6d8069522, which appeared in 13.
A new TAP test file is added to verify the condition. However, because
it depends on commit d6d317dbf6, it can only be added to branch
master. I (Álvaro) manually verified that the code behaves as expected
in branch 14. It's a bit nervous-making to leave the code uncovered by
tests in older branches, but leaving the bug unfixed is even worse.
Also, the main reason this fix took so long is precisely that we
couldn't agree on a good strategy to approach testing for the bug, so
perhaps this is the best we can do.
Diagnosed-by: Paul Guo <paulguo@gmail.com>
Author: Paul Guo <paulguo@gmail.com>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Author: Asim R Praveen <apraveen@pivotal.io>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEET0ZGx9AvioViLf7nbR_8tH9-=27DN5xWJ2P9-ROH16e4JUA@mail.gmail.com
Move DLSUFFIX from makefiles into header files for all platforms.
Move the DLSUFFIX assignment from src/makefiles/ to src/templates/,
have configure read it, and then substitute it into Makefile.global
and pg_config.h. This avoids the need for all makefile rules that
need it to locally set CPPFLAGS. It also resolves an inconsistent
setup between the two Windows build systems.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/2f9861fb-8969-9005-7518-b8e60f2bead9@enterprisedb.com
These were introduced in recent commit 52e4f0cd47. We were trying to free
some transient space consumption and that too was not entirely correct and
complete. We don't need this partial freeing of memory as it will be
allocated just once for a query and will be freed at the end of the query.
Author: Zhihong Yu
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vQORfQ=vicbKA_RmeGZGzm1y3WsEcZqXWi7qjN43Cz_vg@mail.gmail.com
Bildfarm member prairiedog reported a pgbench TAP test failure after
commit: 4a39f87acd. This is the second
attempt to fix it. It seems older version of Perl does not accept
"\gN". Replace it with plain old "\N" because actually "\gN" is not
necessary here.
Author: Tatsuo Ishii
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane, Yugo Nagata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2775989.1648060014%40sss.pgh.pa.us
Follow-up improvements for commit 127aea2a based on discussion:
* use fork name for --fork, not number
* use -R, -B as short switches for --relation, --block
* re-alphabetize the list of switches (code, --help and docs)
Suggested-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com> (fork name part)
Reviewed-by: David Christensen <david.christensen@crunchydata.com>
Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3a4c2e93-7976-2320-fc0a-32097fe148a7%40enterprisedb.com
Tom noticed evidence in the buildfarm suggesting the failures might just be
really slow process exits. To investigate further, instead of giving up after
seeing multiple walsender pids once, retry. For now continue to report test
failure if a retry succeeds.
See also commit afdeff1052 and fe0972ee5e.
Per suggestion from Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3042597.1648148740@sss.pgh.pa.us
The check for datallowconn being properly set on all databases in the
old cluster errored out on the first instance, rather than report the
set of problematic databases. This adds reporting to a textfile like
how many other checks are performed. While there, also add a comment
to the function as per how other checks are commented.
This check won't catch if template1 isn't allowing connections, since
that's used for connecting in the first place. That error remains as
it is today:
connection to server on socket ".." failed: FATAL: database "template1" is not currently accepting connections
Author: Jeevan Ladhe <jeevan.ladhe@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Suraj Kharage <suraj.kharage@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOgcT0McABqF_iFFQuuRf9is+gmYMsmUu_SWNikyr=2VGyP9Jw@mail.gmail.com
A TOAST table can normally have only one index, but there are corner
cases where it has more; for example, transiently during REINDEX
CONCURRENTLY. In such a case, the pg_statio_all_tables view produced
multiple rows for the owning table, one per TOAST index. Refactor the
view to avoid that, instead summing the stats across all the indexes,
as we do for regular table indexes.
While this has been wrong for a long time, back-patching seems unwise
due to the difficulty of putting a system view change into back
branches.
Andrei Zubkov, tweaked a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/acefef4189706971fc475f912c1afdab1c48d627.camel@moonset.ru
The Config and Cwd modules were no longer used, but remained imported,
in a number of tests. Remove to keep the imports to the actually used
modules.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/A5A074CD-3198-492B-BE5E-7961EFC3733F@yesql.se
If TRUNCATE causes some buffers to be invalidated and thus the
checkpoint does not flush them, TRUNCATE must also ensure that the
corresponding files are truncated on disk. Otherwise, a replay
from the checkpoint might find that the buffers exist but have
the wrong contents, which may cause replay to fail.
Report by Teja Mupparti. Patch by Kyotaro Horiguchi, per a design
suggestion from Heikki Linnakangas, with some changes to the
comments by me. Review of this and a prior patch that approached
the issue differently by Heikki Linnakangas, Andres Freund, Álvaro
Herrera, Masahiko Sawada, and Tom Lane.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/BYAPR06MB6373BF50B469CA393C614257ABF00@BYAPR06MB6373.namprd06.prod.outlook.com
This commit adds support for decoding of sequences to the built-in
replication (the infrastructure was added by commit 0da92dc530).
The syntax and behavior mostly mimics handling of tables, i.e. a
publication may be defined as FOR ALL SEQUENCES (replicating all
sequences in a database), FOR ALL SEQUENCES IN SCHEMA (replicating
all sequences in a particular schema) or individual sequences.
To publish sequence modifications, the publication has to include
'sequence' action. The protocol is extended with a new message,
describing sequence increments.
A new system view pg_publication_sequences lists all the sequences
added to a publication, both directly and indirectly. Various psql
commands (\d and \dRp) are improved to also display publications
including a given sequence, or sequences included in a publication.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Cary Huang
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Amit Kapila, Hannu Krosing, Andres
Freund, Petr Jelinek
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d045f3c2-6cfb-06d3-5540-e63c320df8bc@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1710ed7e13b.cd7177461430746.3372264562543607781@highgo.ca
They were macros previously, but recent callsite additions made Coverity
complain about one of the assertions being always true. This change
could have been made a long time ago, but the Coverity complain broke
the inertia.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut <peter.eisentraut@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202203241021.uts52sczx3al@alvherre.pgsql
Up to now, the planner estimated the size of a recursive query's
worktable as 10 times the size of the non-recursive term. It's hard
to see how to do significantly better than that automatically, but
we can give users control over the multiplier to allow tuning for
specific use-cases. The default behavior remains the same.
Simon Riggs
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CANbhV-EuaLm4H3g0+BSTYHEGxJj3Kht0R+rJ8vT57Dejnh=_nA@mail.gmail.com
Bildfarm member prairiedog reported a pgbench TAP test failure after
commit: 4a39f87acd. This commit attempts
to fix some copy&paste errors introduced in the previous commit.
Author: Yugo Nagata
Reported-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2775989.1648060014%40sss.pgh.pa.us
hba.c is growing big, and more contents are planned for it. In order to
prepare for this future work, this commit moves all the code related to
the system function processing the contents of pg_hba.conf,
pg_hba_file_rules() to a new file called hbafuncs.c, which will be used
as the location for the SQL portion of the authentication file parsing.
While on it, HbaToken, the structure holding a string token lexed from a
configuration file related to authentication, is renamed to a more
generic AuthToken, as it gets used not only for pg_hba.conf, but also
for pg_ident.conf. TokenizedLine is now named TokenizedAuthLine.
The size of hba.c is reduced by ~12%.
Author: Julien Rouhaud
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223045959.35ipdsvbxcstrhya@jrouhaud
It seems possible for the condition being tested to be true in
production, and nobody would never know (except when some data
eventually becomes corrupt?).
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m//202109040001.zky3wgv2qeqg@alvherre.pgsql
Commit ffd53659c4 messed up the
mechanism that was being used to pass parameters to LogStreamerMain()
on Windows. It worked on Linux because only Windows was using threads.
Repair by moving the additional parameters added by that commit into
the 'logstreamer_param' struct.
Along the way, fix a compiler warning on builds without HAVE_LIBZ.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoY5=AmWOtMj3v+cySP2rR=Bt6EGyF_joAq4CfczMddKtw@mail.gmail.com
Invalidate abortedRecPtr and missingContrecPtr after a missing
continuation record is successfully skipped on a standby. This fixes a
PANIC caused when a recently promoted standby attempts to write an
OVERWRITE_RECORD with an LSN of the previously read aborted record.
Backpatch to 10 (all stable versions).
Author: Sami Imseih <simseih@amazon.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/44D259DE-7542-49C4-8A52-2AB01534DCA9@amazon.com
There are more compression parameters that can be specified than just
an integer compression level, so rename the new COMPRESSION_LEVEL
option to COMPRESSION_DETAIL before it gets released. Introduce a
flexible syntax for that option to allow arbitrary options to be
specified without needing to adjust the main replication grammar,
and common code to parse it that is shared between the client and
the server.
This commit doesn't actually add any new compression parameters,
so the only user-visible change is that you can now type something
like pg_basebackup --compress gzip:level=5 instead of writing just
pg_basebackup --compress gzip:5. However, it should make it easy to
add new options. If for example gzip starts offering fries, we can
support pg_basebackup --compress gzip:level=5,fries=true for the
benefit of users who want fries with that.
Along the way, this fixes a few things in pg_basebackup so that the
pg_basebackup can be used with a server-side compression algorithm
that pg_basebackup itself does not understand. For example,
pg_basebackup --compress server-lz4 could still succeed even if
only the server and not the client has LZ4 support, provided that
the other options to pg_basebackup don't require the client to
decompress the archive.
Patch by me. Reviewed by Justin Pryzby and Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYvpetyRAbbg1M8b3-iHsaN4nsgmWPjOENu5-doHuJ7fA@mail.gmail.com
When serialization or deadlock errors are reported by backend, allow
to retry and continue the benchmarking. For this purpose new options
"--max-tries", "--failures-detailed" and "--verbose-errors" are added.
Transactions with serialization errors or deadlock errors will be
repeated after rollbacks until they complete successfully or reach the
maximum number of tries (specified by the --max-tries option), or the
maximum time of tries (specified by the --latency-limit option).
These options can be specified at the same time. It is not possible to
use an unlimited number of tries (--max-tries=0) without the
--latency-limit option or the --time option. By default the option
--max-tries is set to 1, which means transactions with
serialization/deadlock errors are not retried. If the last try fails,
this transaction will be reported as failed, and the client variables
will be set as they were before the first run of this transaction.
Statistics on retries and failures are printed in the progress,
transaction / aggregation logs and in the end with other results (all
and for each script). Also retries and failures are printed
per-command with average latency by using option
(--report-per-command, -r).
Option --failures-detailed prints group failures by basic types
(serialization failures / deadlock failures).
Option --verbose-errors prints distinct reports on errors and failures
(errors without retrying) by type with detailed information like which
limit for retries was violated and how far it was exceeded for the
serialization/deadlock failures.
Patch originally written by Marina Polyakova then Yugo Nagata
inherited the discussion and heavily modified the patch to make it
commitable.
Authors: Yugo Nagata, Marina Polyakova
Reviewed-by: Fabien Coelho, Tatsuo Ishii, Alvaro Herrera, Kevin Grittner, Andres Freund, Arthur Zakirov, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor Sigaev, Ildus Kurbangaliev
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/flat/72a0d590d6ba06f242d75c2e641820ec%40postgrespro.ru
This introduces some of the building blocks used by the SQL/JSON
constructor and query functions. Specifically, it provides node
executor and grammar support for the FORMAT JSON [ENCODING foo]
clause, and values decorated with it, and for the RETURNING clause.
The following SQL/JSON patches will leverage these.
Nikita Glukhov (who probably deserves an award for perseverance).
Reviewers have included (in no particular order) Andres Freund, Alexander
Korotkov, Pavel Stehule, Andrew Alsup. Erik Rijkers, Zihong Yu and
Himanshu Upadhyaya.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/cd0bb935-0158-78a7-08b5-904886deac4b@postgrespro.ru
Commit 90efa2f556 caused some issues with EXEC_BACKEND builds and with
force_parallel_mode = regress setups. For the first issue we no longer
test if the module has been preloaded, and in fact we don't preload it,
but simply LOAD it in the test script. For the second issue we suppress
error messages emanating from parallel workers.
Mark Dilger
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7f6d54a1-4024-3b6e-e3ec-26cd394aac9e@dunslane.net
When cross-building to windows, or building with mingw on windows, the build
could fail with
x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc: error: win32ver.o: No such file or director
because pg_dumpall didn't depend on WIN32RES, but it's recipe references
it. The build nevertheless succeeded most of the time, due to
pg_dump/pg_restore having the required dependency, causing win32ver.o to be
built.
Reported-By: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJeekpUPWW6yCVdf9=oBAcCp86RrBivo4Y4cwazAzGPng@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 10-, omission present on all live branches
This includes tests of both the newly added name type object access
hooks and the older Oid type hooks, and provides a useful example
of how to use the hooks.
Mark Dilger, based on some code from Joshua Brindle.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/47F87A0E-C0E5-43A6-89F6-D403F2B45175@enterprisedb.com
A security invoker view checks permissions for accessing its
underlying base relations using the privileges of the user of the
view, rather than the privileges of the view owner. Additionally, if
any of the base relations are tables with RLS enabled, the policies of
the user of the view are applied, rather than those of the view owner.
This allows views to be defined without giving away additional
privileges on the underlying base relations, and matches a similar
feature available in other database systems.
It also allows views to operate more naturally with RLS, without
affecting the assignments of policies to users.
Christoph Heiss, with some additional hacking by me. Reviewed by
Laurenz Albe and Wolfgang Walther.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b66dd6d6-ad3e-c6f2-8b90-47be773da240%40cybertec.at
This issue is environment-sensitive, where the SSL tests could fail in
various way by feeding on defaults provided by sslcert, sslkey,
sslrootkey, sslrootcert, sslcrl and sslcrldir coming from a local setup,
as of ~/.postgresql/ by default. Horiguchi-san has reported two
failures, but more advanced testing from me (aka inclusion of garbage
SSL configuration in ~/.postgresql/ for all the configuration
parameters) has showed dozens of failures that can be triggered in the
whole test suite.
History has showed that we are not good when it comes to address such
issues, fixing them locally like in dd87799, and such problems keep
appearing. This commit strengthens the entire test suite to put an end
to this set of problems by embedding invalid default values in all the
connection strings used in the tests. The invalid values are prefixed
in each connection string, relying on the follow-up values passed in the
connection string to enforce any invalid value previously set. Note
that two tests related to CRLs are required to fail with certain pre-set
configurations, but we can rely on enforcing an empty value instead
after the invalid set of values.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan, Daniel Gustafsson, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220316.163658.1122740600489097632.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
backpatch-through: 10
This feature allows skipping the transaction on subscriber nodes.
If incoming change violates any constraint, logical replication stops
until it's resolved. Currently, users need to either manually resolve the
conflict by updating a subscriber-side database or by using function
pg_replication_origin_advance() to skip the conflicting transaction. This
commit introduces a simpler way to skip the conflicting transactions.
The user can specify LSN by ALTER SUBSCRIPTION ... SKIP (lsn = XXX),
which allows the apply worker to skip the transaction finished at
specified LSN. The apply worker skips all data modification changes within
the transaction.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Takamichi Osumi, Hou Zhijie, Peter Eisentraut, Amit Kapila, Shi Yu, Vignesh C, Greg Nancarrow, Haiying Tang, Euler Taveira
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDeScrsHhLyEPYqN3sydg6PxAPVBboK=30xJfUVihNZDA@mail.gmail.com
Now that 13619598f1 has split pgstat up into multiple files it isn't quite as
hard to come up with a sensible order for pgstat.[ch]. Inconsistent naming
makes it still not quite right looking, but that's work for another commit.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
The planner needs to treat GroupingFunc like Aggref for many purposes,
in particular with respect to processing of the argument expressions,
which are not to be evaluated at runtime. A few places hadn't gotten
that memo, notably including subselect.c's processing of outer-level
aggregates. This resulted in assertion failures or wrong plans for
cases in which a GROUPING() construct references an outer aggregation
level.
Also fix missing special cases for GroupingFunc in cost_qual_eval
(resulting in wrong cost estimates for GROUPING(), although it's
not clear that that would affect plan shapes in practice) and in
ruleutils.c (resulting in excess parentheses in pretty-print mode).
Per bug #17088 from Yaoguang Chen. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Richard Guo, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17088-e33882b387de7f5c@postgresql.org
pgstat.c is very long, and it's hard to find an order that makes sense and is
likely to be maintained over time. Splitting the different pieces into
separate files makes that a lot easier.
With a few exceptions, this commit just moves code around. Those exceptions
are:
- adding file headers for new files
- removing 'static' from functions
- adapting pgstat_assert_is_up() to work across TUs
- minor comment adjustments
git diff --color-moved=dimmed-zebra is very helpful separating code movement
from code changes.
The next commit in this series will reorder pgstat.[ch] contents to be a bit
more coherent.
Earlier revisions of this patch had "global" statistics (archiver, bgwriter,
checkpointer, replication slots, SLRU, WAL) in one file, because each seemed
small enough. However later commits will increase their size and their
aggregate size is not insubstantial. It also just seems easier to split each
type of statistic into its own file.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
For GENERATED columns, we record all dependencies of the generation
expression as AUTO dependencies of the column itself. This means
that the generated column is silently dropped if any dependency
is removed, even if CASCADE wasn't specified. This is at least
a POLA violation, but I think it's actually based on a misreading
of the standard. The standard does say that you can't drop a
dependent GENERATED column in RESTRICT mode; but that's buried down
in a subparagraph, on a different page from some pseudocode that
makes it look like an AUTO drop is being suggested.
Change this to be more like the way that we handle regular default
expressions, ie record the dependencies as NORMAL dependencies of
the pg_attrdef entry. Also, make the pg_attrdef entry's dependency
on the column itself be INTERNAL not AUTO. That has two effects:
* the column will go away, not just lose its default, if any
dependency of the expression is dropped with CASCADE. So we
don't need any special mechanism to make that happen.
* it provides an additional cross-check preventing someone from
dropping the default expression without dropping the column.
catversion bump because of change in the contents of pg_depend
(which also requires a change in one information_schema view).
Per bug #17439 from Kevin Humphreys. Although this is a longstanding
bug, it seems impractical to back-patch because of the need for
catalog contents changes.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17439-7df4421197e928f0@postgresql.org
This is a pure refactoring commit: there isn't (I hope) any functional
change.
StoreAttrDefault and RemoveAttrDefault[ById] are moved from heap.c,
reducing the size of that overly-large file by about 300 lines.
I took the opportunity to trim unused #includes from heap.c, too.
Two new functions for translating between a pg_attrdef OID and the
relid/attnum of the owning column are created by extracting ad-hoc
code from objectaddress.c. This already removes one copy of said
code, and a follow-on bug fix will create more callers.
The only other function directly manipulating pg_attrdef is
AttrDefaultFetch. I judged it was better to leave that in relcache.c,
since it shares special concerns about recursion and error handling
with the rest of that module.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/651168.1647451676@sss.pgh.pa.us
DROP INDEX needs to lock the index's table before the index itself,
else it will deadlock against ordinary queries that acquire the
relation locks in that order. This is correctly mechanized for
plain indexes by RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation; but in the case of
a partitioned index, we neglected to lock the child tables in advance
of locking the child indexes. We can fix that by traversing the
inheritance tree and acquiring the needed locks in RemoveRelations,
after we have acquired our locks on the parent partitioned table and
index.
While at it, do some refactoring to eliminate confusion between
the actual and expected relkind in RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation.
We can save a couple of syscache lookups too, by having that function
pass back info that RemoveRelations will need.
Back-patch to v11 where partitioned indexes were added.
Jimmy Yih, Gaurab Dey, Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/BYAPR05MB645402330042E17D91A70C12BD5F9@BYAPR05MB6454.namprd05.prod.outlook.com
The old name was overly generic. An upcoming commit moves relation stats
handling into its own file, making pgstat_initstats() look even more out of
place.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
A later commit will make the check more complicated than the
current (rel)->pgstat_info != NULL. It also just seems nicer to have a central
copy of the logic, even while still simple.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
Valgrind animal skink shows a crash in this new code. I couldn't
reproduce the problem locally, but going by blind code inspection,
initializing insert_destrel should be sufficient to fix the problem.
When an update on a partitioned table referenced in foreign key
constraints causes a row to move from one partition to another,
the fact that the move is implemented as a delete followed by an insert
on the target partition causes the foreign key triggers to have
surprising behavior. For example, a given foreign key's delete trigger
which implements the ON DELETE CASCADE clause of that key will delete
any referencing rows when triggered for that internal DELETE, although
it should not, because the referenced row is simply being moved from one
partition of the referenced root partitioned table into another, not
being deleted from it.
This commit teaches trigger.c to skip queuing such delete trigger events
on the leaf partitions in favor of an UPDATE event fired on the root
target relation. Doing so is sensible because both the old and the new
tuple "logically" belong to the root relation.
The after trigger event queuing interface now allows passing the source
and the target partitions of a particular cross-partition update when
registering the update event for the root partitioned table. Along with
the two ctids of the old and the new tuple, the after trigger event now
also stores the OIDs of those partitions. The tuples fetched from the
source and the target partitions are converted into the root table
format, if necessary, before they are passed to the trigger function.
The implementation currently has a limitation that only the foreign keys
pointing into the query's target relation are considered, not those of
its sub-partitioned partitions. That seems like a reasonable
limitation, because it sounds rare to have distinct foreign keys
pointing to sub-partitioned partitions instead of to the root table.
This misbehavior stems from commit f56f8f8da6 (which added support for
foreign keys to reference partitioned tables) not paying sufficient
attention to commit 2f17844104 (which had introduced cross-partition
updates a year earlier). Even though the former commit goes back to
Postgres 12, we're not backpatching this fix at this time for fear of
destabilizing things too much, and because there are a few ABI breaks in
it that we'd have to work around in older branches. It also depends on
commit f4566345cf, which had its own share of backpatchability issues
as well.
Author: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reported-by: Eduard Català <eduard.catala@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+HiwqFvkBCmfwkQX_yBqv2Wz8ugUGiBDxum8=WvVbfU1TXaNg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAL54xNZsLwEM1XCk5yW9EqaRzsZYHuWsHQkA2L5MOSKXAwviCQ@mail.gmail.com
createdb() didn't check for collation attributes validity, which has
to be done explicitly on ICU < 54. It also forgot to close the ICU collator
opened during the check which leaks some memory.
To fix both, add a new check_icu_locale() that does all the appropriate
verification and close the ICU collator.
initdb also had some partial check for ICU < 54. To have consistent error
reporting across major ICU versions, and get rid of the need to include ucol.h,
remove the partial check there. The backend will report an error if needed
during the post-boostrap iniitialization phase.
Author: Julien Rouhaud <julien.rouhaud@free.fr>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/20220319041459.qqqiqh335sga5ezj@jrouhaud
A later commit will move the handling of the different kinds of stats into
separate files. By splitting out WAL handling in this commit that later move
will just move code around without other changes.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
pgstat_report_stat() handles several types of stats, yet relation stats have
so far been handled directly in pgstat_report_stat().
A later commit will move the handling of the different kinds of stats into
separate files. By splitting out relation handling in this commit that later
move will just move code around without other changes.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220303021600.hs34ghqcw6zcokdh@alap3.anarazel.de
b048326 has added support for SET ACCESS METHOD in ALTER TABLE, but it
has missed a few things for materialized views:
- No documentation for this clause on the ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW page.
- psql tab completion missing.
- No regression tests.
This commit closes the gap on all the points listed above.
Author: Yugo Nagata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220316133337.5dc9740abfa24c25ec9f67f5@sraoss.co.jp
The clauses SET TABLESPACE and ALL IN TABLESPACE are supported in ALTER
MATERIALIZED VIEW for a long time, and they behave mostly like ALTER
TABLE by reusing the same code paths, but there were zero tests for
them. This commit closes the gap with new tests in tablespace.sql.
Author: Yugo Nagata
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220316133337.5dc9740abfa24c25ec9f67f5@sraoss.co.jp
The output of table_to_xmlschema() and allied functions includes
a regex describing valid values for these types ... but the regex
was itself invalid, as it failed to escape a literal "+" sign.
Report and fix by Renan Soares Lopes. Back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7f6fabaa-3f8f-49ab-89ca-59fbfe633105@me.com
Otherwise, the database encoding varies depending on the user's
environment, and so the test might fail depending on whether ICU
likes the encoding. In particular, the test fails completely
if the prevailing locale is C.
Teach xlogreader.c to decode the WAL into a circular buffer. This will
support optimizations based on looking ahead, to follow in a later
commit.
* XLogReadRecord() works as before, decoding records one by one, and
allowing them to be examined via the traditional XLogRecGetXXX()
macros and certain traditional members like xlogreader->ReadRecPtr.
* An alternative new interface XLogReadAhead()/XLogNextRecord() is
added that returns pointers to DecodedXLogRecord objects so that it's
now possible to look ahead in the WAL stream while replaying.
* In order to be able to use the new interface effectively while
streaming data, support is added for the page_read() callback to
respond to a new nonblocking mode with XLREAD_WOULDBLOCK instead of
waiting for more data to arrive.
No direct user of the new interface is included in this commit, though
XLogReadRecord() uses it internally. Existing code doesn't need to
change, except in a few places where it was accessing reader internals
directly and now needs to go through accessor macros.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra <tomas.vondra@enterprisedb.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de> (earlier versions)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGJ4VJN8ttxScUFM8dOKX0BrBiboo5uz1cq=AovOddfHpA@mail.gmail.com
lz4frame.h was getting declared after the headers specific to Postgres,
but it needs to be included between postgres_fe.h and the internal
headers.
Issue introduced by babbbb5.
Reported-by: Justin Prysby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220317111220.GI28503@telsasoft.com
If a RowExpr is marked as returning a named composite type, we aren't
going to consult its colnames list; we'll use the attribute names
shown for the type in pg_attribute. Hence, skip storing that list,
to save a few nanoseconds when copying the expression tree around.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2950001.1638729947@sss.pgh.pa.us
In commit bf7ca1587, I had the bright idea that we could make the
result of a whole-row Var (that is, foo.*) track any column aliases
that had been applied to the FROM entry the Var refers to. However,
that's not terribly logically consistent, because now the output of
the Var is no longer of the named composite type that the Var claims
to emit. bf7ca1587 tried to handle that by changing the output
tuple values to be labeled with a blessed RECORD type, but that's
really pretty disastrous: we can wind up storing such tuples onto
disk, whereupon they're not readable by other sessions.
The only practical fix I can see is to give up on what bf7ca1587
tried to do, and say that the column names of tuples produced by
a whole-row Var are always those of the underlying named composite
type, query aliases or no. While this introduces some inconsistencies,
it removes others, so it's not that awful in the abstract. What *is*
kind of awful is to make such a behavioral change in a back-patched
bug fix. But corrupt data is worse, so back-patched it will be.
(A workaround available to anyone who's unhappy about this is to
introduce an extra level of sub-SELECT, so that the whole-row Var is
referring to the sub-SELECT's output and not to a named table type.
Then the Var is of type RECORD to begin with and there's no issue.)
Per report from Miles Delahunty. The faulty commit dates to 9.5,
so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2950001.1638729947@sss.pgh.pa.us
Restructure things so that the functions which update the global
variables shared_map and local_map are separate from the functions
which just read and write relation map files without touching any
global variables.
In the new structure of things, write_relmap_file() writes a relmap
file but no longer performs global variable updates. A symmetric
function read_relmap_file() that just reads a file without changing
any global variables is added, and load_relmap_file(), which does
change the global variables, uses it as a subroutine.
Because write_relmap_file() no longer updates shared_map and
local_map, that logic is moved to perform_relmap_update(). However,
no similar logic is added to relmap_redo() even though it also calls
write_relmap_file(). That's because recovery must not rely on the
contents of the relation map, and therefore there is no need to
initialize it. In fact, doing so seems like a mistake, because we
might then manage to rely on the in-memory map where we shouldn't.
Patch by me, based on earlier work by Dilip Kumar. Reviewed by
Ashutosh Sharma.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobQLgrt4AXsc0ru7aFFkzv=9fS-Q_yO69=k9WY67RCctg@mail.gmail.com
When publishing changes through a artition root, we should use the row
filter for the top-most ancestor. The relation may be added to multiple
publications, using different ancestors, and 52e4f0cd47 handled this
incorrectly. With c91f71b9dc we find the correct top-most ancestor, but
the code tried to fetch the row filter from all publications, including
those using a different ancestor etc. No row filter can be found for
such publications, which was treated as replicating all rows.
Similarly to c91f71b9dc, this seems to be a rare issue in practice. It
requires multiple publications including the same partitioned relation,
through different ancestors.
Fixed by only passing publications containing the top-most ancestor to
pgoutput_row_filter_init(), so that treating a missing row filter as
replicating all rows is correct.
Report and fix by me, test case by Hou zj. Reviews and improvements by
Amit Kapila.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Hou zj, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Hou zj
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d26d24dd-2fab-3c48-0162-2b7f84a9c893%40enterprisedb.com
Create subroutines ExecUpdatePrologue / ExecUpdateAct /
ExecUpdateEpilogue, and similar for ExecDelete.
Introduce a new struct to be used internally in nodeModifyTable.c,
dubbed ModifyTableContext, which contains all context information needed
to perform these operations, as well as ExecInsert and others.
This allows using a different schedule and a different way of evaluating
the results of these operations, which can be exploited by a later
commit introducing support for MERGE. It also makes ExecUpdate and
ExecDelete proper shorter and (hopefully) simpler.
Author: Álvaro Herrera <alvherre@alvh.no-ip.org>
Reviewed-by: Amit Langote <amitlangote09@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Japin Li <japinli@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202202271724.4z7xv3cf46kv@alvherre.pgsql
This adds the option to use ICU as the default locale provider for
either the whole cluster or a database. New options for initdb,
createdb, and CREATE DATABASE are used to select this.
Since some (legacy) code still uses the libc locale facilities
directly, we still need to set the libc global locale settings even if
ICU is otherwise selected. So pg_database now has three
locale-related fields: the existing datcollate and datctype, which are
always set, and a new daticulocale, which is only set if ICU is
selected. A similar change is made in pg_collation for consistency,
but in that case, only the libc-related fields or the ICU-related
field is set, never both.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5e756dd6-0e91-d778-96fd-b1bcb06c161a%402ndquadrant.com
Using this system function with an in-place tablespace (created when
allow_in_place_tablespaces is enabled by specifying an empty string as
location) caused a failure when using readlink(), as the tablespace is,
in this case, not a symbolic link in pg_tblspc/ but a directory.
Rather than getting a failure, the commit changes
pg_tablespace_location() so as a relative path to the data directory is
returned for in-place tablespaces, to make a difference between
tablespaces created when allow_in_place_tablespaces is enabled or not.
Getting a path rather than an empty string that would match the CREATE
TABLESPACE command in this case is more useful for tests that would like
to rely on this function.
While on it, a regression test is added for this case. This is simple
to add in the main regression test suite thanks to regexp_replace() to
mask the part of the tablespace location dependent on its OID.
Author: Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi, Thomas Munro
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YiG1RleON1WBcLnX@paquier.xyz
Commit 83fd4532a7 allowed publishing of changes via ancestors, for
publications defined with publish_via_partition_root. But the way
the ancestor was determined in get_rel_sync_entry() was incorrect,
simply updating the same variable. So with multiple publications,
replicating different ancestors, the outcome depended on the order
of publications in the list - the value from the last loop was used,
even if it wasn't the top-most ancestor.
This is a probably rare situation, as in most cases publications do
not overlap, so each partition has exactly one candidate ancestor
to replicate as and there's no ambiguity.
Fixed by tracking the "ancestor level" for each publication, and
picking the top-most ancestor. Adds a test case, verifying the
correct ancestor is used for publishing the changes and that this
does not depend on order of publications in the list.
Older releases have another bug in this loop - once all actions are
replicated, the loop is terminated, on the assumption that inspecting
additional publications is unecessary. But that misses the fact that
those additional applications may replicate different ancestors.
Fixed by removal of this break condition. We might still terminate the
loop in some cases (e.g. when replicating all actions and the ancestor
is the partition root).
Backpatch to 13, where publish_via_partition_root was introduced.
Initial report and fix by me, test added by Hou zj. Reviews and
improvements by Amit Kapila.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Hou zj, Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila, Hou zj
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d26d24dd-2fab-3c48-0162-2b7f84a9c893%40enterprisedb.com
Commands like ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE may leave files for the next
checkpoint to clean up. If such files are not removed by the time DROP
TABLESPACE is called, we request a checkpoint so that they are deleted.
However, there is presently a window before checkpoint start where new
unlink requests won't be scheduled until the following checkpoint. This
means that the checkpoint forced by DROP TABLESPACE might not remove the
files we expect it to remove, and the following ERROR will be emitted:
ERROR: tablespace "mytblspc" is not empty
To fix, add a call to AbsorbSyncRequests() just before advancing the
unlink cycle counter. This ensures that any unlink requests forwarded
prior to checkpoint start (i.e., when ckpt_started is incremented) will
be processed by the current checkpoint. Since AbsorbSyncRequests()
performs memory allocations, it cannot be called within a critical
section, so we also need to move SyncPreCheckpoint() to before
CreateCheckPoint()'s critical section.
This is an old bug, so back-patch to all supported versions.
Author: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Nathan Bossart <nathandbossart@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Munro <thomas.munro@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220215235845.GA2665318%40nathanxps13
If we run out of space in the checkpointer sync request queue (which is
hopefully rare on real systems, but common with very small buffer pool),
we wait for it to drain. While waiting, we should report that as a wait
event so that users know what is going on, and also handle postmaster
death, since otherwise the loop might never terminate if the
checkpointer has exited.
Back-patch to 12. Although the problem exists in earlier releases too,
the code is structured differently before 12 so I haven't gone any
further for now, in the absence of field complaints.
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220226213942.nb7uvb2pamyu26dj%40alap3.anarazel.de
The checkpointer shouldn't ignore its latch. Other backends may be
waiting for it to drain the request queue. Hopefully real systems don't
have a full queue often, but the condition is reached easily when
shared_buffers is small.
This involves defining a new wait event, which will appear in the
pg_stat_activity view often due to spread checkpoints.
Back-patch only to 14. Even though the problem exists in earlier
branches too, it's hard to hit there. In 14 we stopped using signal
handlers for latches on Linux, *BSD and macOS, which were previously
hiding this problem by interrupting the sleep (though not reliably, as
the signal could arrive before the sleep begins; precisely the problem
latches address).
Reported-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220226213942.nb7uvb2pamyu26dj%40alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 3500ccc39b allowed for base backup
targets, meaning that we could do something with the backup other than
send it to the client, but all of those targets had to be baked in to
the core code. This commit makes it possible for extensions to define
additional backup targets.
Patch by me, reviewed by Abhijit Menon-Sen.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaqvdT-u3nt+_kkZ7bgDAyqDB0i-+XOMmr5JN2Rd37hxw@mail.gmail.com
These tests were added recently, but older code tests USE_LZ4 rathr
than HAVE_LIBLZ4, so let's follow the established precedent. It
also seems more consistent with the intent of the configure tests,
since I think that the USE_* symbols are intended to correspond to
what the user requested, and the HAVE_* symbols to what configure
found while probing.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoap+hTD2-QNPJLH4tffeFE8MX5+xkbFKMU3FKBy=ZSNKA@mail.gmail.com
This system function was being triggered once in the main regression
test suite to check its SRF configuration, and more in other test
modules but nothing checked the behavior of the options missing_ok and
include_dot_dirs. This commit adds some tests for both options, to
avoid mistakes if this code is manipulated in the future.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, with a few tweaks by
me.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20191227170220.GE12890@telsasoft.com
Previously, pg_basebackup from a cluster that contained an 'in-place'
tablespace, as introduced by commit 7170f215, would produce a harmless
warning on Unix and fail completely on Windows.
Reported-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220304.165449.1200020258723305904.horikyota.ntt%40gmail.com
The upper case versions "OF", "TZH", and "TZM" are already supported,
and all other format codes that are supported in upper case are also
supported in lower case, so we should support these as well for
consistency.
Nitin Jadhav, with a tiny cosmetic change by me. Reviewed by Suraj
Kharage and David Zhang.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAMm1aWZ-oZyKd75+8D=VJ0sAoSwtdXWLP-MAWD4D8R1Dgandzw@mail.gmail.com
Logical replication apply workers for a subscription can easily get stuck
in an infinite loop of attempting to apply a change, triggering an error
(such as a constraint violation), exiting with the error written to the
subscription server log, and restarting.
To partially remedy the situation, this patch adds a new subscription
option named 'disable_on_error'. To be consistent with old behavior, this
option defaults to false. When true, both the tablesync worker and apply
worker catch any errors thrown and disable the subscription in order to
break the loop. The error is still also written in the logs.
Once the subscription is disabled, users can either manually resolve the
conflict/error or skip the conflicting transaction by using
pg_replication_origin_advance() function. After resolving the conflict,
users need to enable the subscription to allow apply process to proceed.
Author: Osumi Takamichi and Mark Dilger
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Vignesh C, Amit Kapila, Wang wei, Tang Haiying, Peter Smith, Masahiko Sawada, Shi Yu
Discussion : https://postgr.es/m/DB35438F-9356-4841-89A0-412709EBD3AB%40enterprisedb.com
Commit 872770fd6c taught VACUUM VERBOSE and autovacuum logging to
display the total number of pages scanned by VACUUM. This information
was also displayed as a percentage of rel_pages in parenthesis, which
makes it easy to spot trends over time and across tables.
The instrumentation displayed "0 scanned (0.00% of total)" for totally
empty tables. Tweak the instrumentation: have it show "0 scanned
(100.00% of total)" for empty tables instead. This approach is clearer
and more consistent.
Starting in cc50080a82 create_index test fails when run with
synchronous_commit=off. synchronous_commit=off delays when hint bits may be
set. Some plans change depending on the number of all-visible pages, which in
turn can be influenced by the delayed hint bits.
Force synchronous_commit to `on` in test_setup.sql. Not very satisfying, but
there's no obvious alternative.
Reported-By: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Aleksander Alekseev <aleksander@timescale.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAJ7c6TPJNof1Q+vJsy3QebgbPgXdu2ErPvYkBdhD6_Ckv5EZRg@mail.gmail.com
VACUUM's rel_pages field indicates the size of the target heap rel just
after the table_relation_vacuum() operation began. There are specific
expectations around how rel_pages can be related to other nearby state.
In particular, the range of rel_pages must contain every tuple in the
relation whose tuple headers might contain an XID < OldestXmin.
Consistently refer to the field as rel_pages to make this clearer and
more discoverable.
This is follow-up work to commit 73f6ec3d from earlier today.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220311031351.sbge5m2bpvy2ttxg@alap3.anarazel.de
Explain the relationship between vacuumlazy.c's vistest and OldestXmin
cutoffs. These closely related cutoffs are different in subtle but
important ways. Also document a closely related rule: we must establish
rel_pages _after_ OldestXmin to ensure that no XID < OldestXmin can be
missed by lazy_scan_heap().
It's easier to explain these issues by initializing everything together,
so consolidate initialization of vacrel state. Now almost every vacrel
field is initialized by heap_vacuum_rel(). The only remaining exception
is the dead_items array, which is still managed by lazy_scan_heap() due
to interactions with how we initialize parallel VACUUM.
Also move the process that updates pg_class entries for each index into
heap_vacuum_rel(), and adjust related assertions. All pg_class updates
now take place after lazy_scan_heap() returns, which seems clearer.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211211045710.ljtuu4gfloh754rs@alap3.anarazel.de
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WznYsUxVT156rCQ+q=YD4S4=1M37hWvvHLz-H1pwSM8-Ew@mail.gmail.com
We called the argument totally_frozen in its function prototype as well
as in code comments, even though totally_frozen_p was used in the
function definition. Standardize on totally_frozen.
Commit 8b069ef5d changed this function to look at pg_constraint.conindid
rather than searching pg_depend. That was a good performance improvement,
but it failed to preserve the exact semantics. The old code would only
return an index that was "owned by" (internally dependent on) the
specified constraint, whereas the new code will also return indexes that
are just referenced by foreign key constraints. This confuses ALTER
TABLE, which was implicitly expecting the previous semantics, into
failing with errors like
ERROR: relation 146621 has multiple clustered indexes
or
ERROR: "pk_attbl" is not an index for table "atref"
We can fix this without reverting the performance improvement by adding
a contype check in get_constraint_index(). Another way could be to
make ALTER TABLE check it, but I'm worried that extension code could
also have subtle dependencies on the old semantics.
Tom Lane and Japin Li, per bug #17409 from Holly Roberts.
Back-patch to v14 where the error crept in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17409-52871dda8b5741cb@postgresql.org
Fail with a suitable error message instead. We can't inject the backup
manifest into the output tarfile without decompressing it, and if
we did that, we'd have to recompress the tarfile afterwards to produce
the result the user is expecting. While we have enough infrastructure
in pg_basebackup now to accomplish that whole series of steps without
much additional code, it seems like excessively surprising behavior.
The user probably did not select server-side compression with the idea
that the client was going to end up decompressing it and then
recompressing.
Report from Justin Pryzby. Fix by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmob6Rnjz-Qv32h3yJn8nnUkLhrtQDAS4y5AtsgtorAFHRA@mail.gmail.com
wal_compression gains a new value, "zstd", to allow the compression of
full-page images using the compression method of the same name.
Compression is done using the default level recommended by the library,
as of ZSTD_CLEVEL_DEFAULT = 3. Some benchmarking has shown that it
could make sense to use a level lower for the FPI compression, like 1 or
2, as the compression rate did not change much with a bit less CPU
consumed, but any tests done would only cover few scenarios so it is
hard to come to a clear conclusion. Anyway, there is no reason to not
use the default level instead, which is the level recommended by the
library so it should be fine for most cases.
zstd outclasses easily pglz, and is better than LZ4 where one wants to
have more compression at the cost of extra CPU but both are good enough
in their own scenarios, so the choice between one or the other of these
comes to a study of the workload patterns and the schema involved,
mainly.
This commit relies heavily on 4035cd5, that reshaped the code creating
and restoring full-page writes to be aware of the compression type,
making this integration straight-forward.
This patch borrows some early work from Andrey Borodin, though the patch
got a complete rewrite.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220222231948.GJ9008@telsasoft.com
Per project policy, all system and library headers need to be declared
in the backend code after "postgres.h" and before the internal headers,
but 4035cd5 broke this policy when adding support for LZ4 in
wal_compression.
Noticed while reviewing the patch to add support for zstd in this area.
This only impacts HEAD, so there is no need for a back-patch.
Add ability to scan all entries sequentially to dshash. The interface is
similar but a bit different both from that of dynahash and simple dshash
search functions. The most significant differences is that dshash's interfac
always needs a call to dshash_seq_term when scan ends. Another is
locking. Dshash holds partition lock when returning an entry,
dshash_seq_next() also holds lock when returning an entry but callers
shouldn't release it, since the lock is essential to continue a scan. The
seqscan interface allows entry deletion while a scan is in progress using
dshash_delete_current().
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyoga.ntt@gmail.com>
Both client-side compression and server-side compression are now
supported for zstd. In addition, a backup compressed by the server
using zstd can now be decompressed by the client in order to
accommodate the use of -Fp.
Jeevan Ladhe, with some edits by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmobyzfbz=gyze2_LL1ZumZunmaEKbHQxjrFkOR7APZGu-g@mail.gmail.com
This commits adds both the finish LSN (commit_lsn in case transaction got
committed, prepare_lsn in case of a prepared transaction, etc.) and
replication origin name to the existing error context message.
This will help users in specifying the origin name and transaction finish
LSN to pg_replication_origin_advance() SQL function to skip a particular
transaction.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Takamichi Osumi, Euler Taveira, and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBarBf2oTF71ig2g_o=3Z_Dt6_sOpMQma1kFgbnA5OZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Since 19252e8ec9 we reject Python 2 during build configuration. Now that the
dust on the buildfarm has settled, remove Python 2 specific code, including
the "Python 2/3 porting layer".
The code to detect conflicts between plpython using Python 2 and 3 is not
removed, in case somebody creates an out-of-tree version adding back support
for Python 2.
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211031184548.g4sxfe47n2kyi55r@alap3.anarazel.de
Since 19252e8ec9 we reject Python 2 during build configuration. Now that the
dust on the buildfarm has settled, remove regression testing infrastructure
dealing with differing output between Python 2 / 3.
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211031184548.g4sxfe47n2kyi55r@alap3.anarazel.de
Since 19252e8ec9 we reject Python 2 during build configuration. Now that the
dust on the buildfarm has settled, remove extension variants specific to
Python 2.
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Reviewed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211031184548.g4sxfe47n2kyi55r@alap3.anarazel.de
This new function extracts common code from PrepareQuery() and
exec_parse_message(). It is then exactly analogous to the existing
pg_analyze_and_rewrite_fixedparams() and
pg_analyze_and_rewrite_withcb().
To unify these two code paths, this makes PrepareQuery() now subject
to log_parser_stats. Also, both paths now invoke
TRACE_POSTGRESQL_QUERY_REWRITE_START(). PrepareQuery() no longer
checks whether a utility statement was specified. The grammar doesn't
allow that anyway, and exec_parse_message() supports it, so
restricting it doesn't seem necessary.
This also adds QueryEnvironment support to the *varparams functions,
for consistency with its cousins, even though it is not used right
now.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c67ce276-52b4-0239-dc0e-39875bf81840@enterprisedb.com
Previously, the message for logical replication worker errcontext is
incrementally built, which was not translation friendly. Instead, we use
complete sentences with if-else branches.
We also remove the commit timestamp from the context message since it's
not important information and made the message long.
Author: Masahiko Sawada
Reviewed-by: Takamichi Osumi, and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoBarBf2oTF71ig2g_o=3Z_Dt6_sOpMQma1kFgbnA5OZ_w@mail.gmail.com
Set-returning functions that use the Materialize mode, creating a
tuplestore to include all the tuples returned in a set rather than doing
so in multiple calls, use roughly the same set of steps to prepare
ReturnSetInfo for this job:
- Check if ReturnSetInfo supports returning a tuplestore and if the
materialize mode is enabled.
- Create a tuplestore for all the tuples part of the returned set in the
per-query memory context, stored in ReturnSetInfo->setResult.
- Build a tuple descriptor mostly from get_call_result_type(), then
stored in ReturnSetInfo->setDesc. Note that there are some cases where
the SRF's tuple descriptor has to be the one specified by the function
caller.
This refactoring is done so as there are (well, should be) no behavior
changes in any of the in-core functions refactored, and the centralized
function that checks and sets up the function's ReturnSetInfo can be
controlled with a set of bits32 options. Two of them prove to be
necessary now:
- SRF_SINGLE_USE_EXPECTED to use expectedDesc as tuple descriptor, as
expected by the function's caller.
- SRF_SINGLE_BLESS to validate the tuple descriptor for the SRF.
The same initialization pattern is simplified in 28 places per my
count as of src/backend/, shaving up to ~900 lines of code. These
mostly come from the removal of the per-query initializations and the
sanity checks now grouped in a single location. There are more
locations that could be simplified in contrib/, that are left for a
follow-up cleanup.
fcc2817, 07daca5 and d61a361 have prepared the areas of the code related
to this change, to ease this refactoring.
Author: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Álvaro Herrera, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
Slow hosts may avoid load-induced, spurious failures by setting
environment variable PG_TEST_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT to some number of seconds
greater than 180. Developers may see faster failures by setting that
environment variable to some lesser number of seconds. In tests, write
$PostgreSQL::Test::Utils::timeout_default wherever the convention has
been to write 180. This change raises the default for some briefer
timeouts. Back-patch to v10 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220218052842.GA3627003@rfd.leadboat.com
pg_regress reported "Unix socket" as the default location whenever
HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS is defined. However, that's not been accurate
on Windows since 8f3ec75de. Update this logic to match what libpq
actually does now.
This is just cosmetic, but still it's potentially misleading.
Back-patch to v13 where 8f3ec75de came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3894060.1646415641@sss.pgh.pa.us
There are three parallel ways to call parse/analyze: with fixed
parameters, with variable parameters, and by supplying your own parser
callback. Some of the involved functions were confusingly named and
made this API structure more confusing. This patch renames some
functions to make this clearer:
parse_analyze() -> parse_analyze_fixedparams()
pg_analyze_and_rewrite() -> pg_analyze_and_rewrite_fixedparams()
(Otherwise one might think this variant doesn't accept parameters, but
in fact all three ways accept parameters.)
pg_analyze_and_rewrite_params() -> pg_analyze_and_rewrite_withcb()
(Before, and also when considering pg_analyze_and_rewrite(), one might
think this is the only way to pass parameters. Moreover, the parser
callback doesn't necessarily need to parse only parameters, it's just
one of the things it could do.)
parse_fixed_parameters() -> setup_parse_fixed_parameters()
parse_variable_parameters() -> setup_parse_variable_parameters()
(These functions don't actually do any parsing, they just set up
callbacks to use during parsing later.)
This patch also adds some const decorations to the fixed-parameters
API, so the distinction from the variable-parameters API is more
clear.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c67ce276-52b4-0239-dc0e-39875bf81840@enterprisedb.com
Commit 52e4f0cd47 didn't add tests for pg_dump support, so add a few tests
for it. Additionally, verify that catalogs are updated after few
ALTER PUBLICATION commands that modify row filters by using \d.
Reported-by: Tomas Vondra
Author: Shi yu, based on initial by Tomas Vondra
Reviewed-by: Euler Taveira and Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/6bdbd7fc-e81a-9a77-d963-24adeb95f29e@enterprisedb.com
This code seems to have been written on the assumption that
"unsigned long" is 32 bits; or at any rate it ignored the
possibility of conversion overflow. Rewrite, borrowing some
logic from oidin().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3441768.1646343914@sss.pgh.pa.us
There's no visible point in casting the result of a comparison to
bool, because it already is that, at least on C99 compilers.
I see no point in these assertions that a pointer we're about to
dereference isn't null, either. If it is, the resulting SIGSEGV
will notify us of the problem just fine.
Noted while reviewing Zhihong Yu's patch. This is basically
cosmetic, so no need for back-patch.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vT9r0DSsAOw9OXVJFxLENoVS_68kJ5x0p44atoYH+H4dg@mail.gmail.com
This macro cast the result to BlockNumber after shifting, not before,
which is the wrong thing. Per the C spec, the uint16 fields would
promote to int not unsigned int, so that (for 32-bit int) the shift
potentially shifts a nonzero bit into the sign position. I doubt
there are any production systems where this would actually end with
the wrong answer, but it is undefined behavior per the C spec, and
clang's -fsanitize=undefined option reputedly warns about it on some
platforms. (I can't reproduce that right now, but the code is
undeniably wrong per spec.) It's easy to fix by casting to
BlockNumber (uint32) in the proper places.
It's been wrong for ages, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Report and patch by Zhihong Yu (cosmetic tweaking by me)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vT9r0DSsAOw9OXVJFxLENoVS_68kJ5x0p44atoYH+H4dg@mail.gmail.com
Most of these are cases where we could call memcpy() or other libc
functions with a NULL pointer and a zero count, which is forbidden
by POSIX even though every production version of libc allows it.
We've fixed such things before in a piecemeal way, but apparently
never made an effort to try to get them all. I don't claim that
this patch does so either, but it gets every failure I observe in
check-world, using clang 12.0.1 on current RHEL8.
numeric.c has a different issue that the sanitizer doesn't like:
"ln(-1.0)" will compute log10(0) and then try to assign the
resulting -Inf to an integer variable. We don't actually use the
result in such a case, so there's no live bug.
Back-patch to all supported branches, with the idea that we might
start running a buildfarm member that tests this case. This includes
back-patching c1132aae3 (Check the size in COPY_POINTER_FIELD),
which previously silenced some of these issues in copyfuncs.c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALNJ-vT9r0DSsAOw9OXVJFxLENoVS_68kJ5x0p44atoYH+H4dg@mail.gmail.com
This function has been incorrectly marked as a set-returning function
with prorows (estimated number of rows) set to 1 since its creation in
7117685, that introduced non-exclusive backups. There is no need for
that as the function is designed to return only one tuple.
This commit fixes the catalog definition of pg_stop_backup_v2() so as it
is not marked as proretset anymore, with prorows set to 0. This
simplifies its internals by removing one tuplestore (used for one single
record anyway) and by removing all the checks related to a set-returning
function.
Issue found during my quest to simplify some of the logic used in
in-core system functions.
Bump catalog version.
Reviewed-by: Aleksander Alekseev, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yh8guT78f1Ercfzw@paquier.xyz
The checks currently done at the startup of pg_upgrade on PGHOST and
PGHOSTADDR to avoid any attempts to access to an external cluster fail
setting those parameters to Windows paths or even temporary paths
prefixed by an '@', as it only considers as a valid path strings
beginning with a slash.
As mentioned by Andres, is_unixsock_path() is designed to detect such
cases, so, like any other code paths dealing with the same problem (psql
and libpq), use it rather than assuming that all valid paths are
prefixed with just a slash.
This issue has been found while testing the TAP tests of pg_upgrade
through the CI on Windows. This is a bug, but nobody has complained
about it since pg_upgrade exists so no backpatch is done, at least for
now.
Analyzed-by: Andres Freund, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YeYj4DU5qY/rtKXT@paquier.xyz
pg_rewind generates and executes internally up to two commands to work
on the target cluster, depending on the options given by its caller:
- postgres -C to retrieve the value of restore_command, when using
-c/--restore-target-wal.
- postgres --single to enforce recovery once and get the target cluster
in a clean shutdown state.
Both commands have been applying incorrect quoting rules, which could
lead to failures when for example using a target data directory with
unexpected characters like CRLFs. Those commands are now generated with
PQExpBuffer, making use of string_utils.h to quote those commands as
they should. We may extend those commands in the future with more
options, so this makes any upcoming additions easier.
This is arguably a bug fix, but nobody has complained about the existing
code being a problem either, so no backpatch is done.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author.
Author: Gunnar "Nick" Bluth
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/7c59265d-ac50-b0aa-ca1e-65e8bd27642a@pro-open.de
It was decided (refer to the Discussion link below) that the stats
collector is not an appropriate place to store the error information of
subscription workers.
This patch changes the pg_stat_subscription_workers view (introduced by
commit 8d74fc96db) so that it stores only statistics counters:
apply_error_count and sync_error_count, and has one entry for
each subscription. The removed error information such as error-XID and
the error message would be stored in another way in the future which is
more reliable and persistent.
After removing these error details, there is no longer any relation
information, so the subscription statistics are now a cluster-wide
statistics.
The patch also changes the view name to pg_stat_subscription_stats since
the word "worker" is an implementation detail that we use one worker for
one tablesync and one apply.
Author: Masahiko Sawada, based on suggestions by Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Peter Smith, Haiying Tang, Takamichi Osumi, Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220125063131.4cmvsxbz2tdg6g65@alap3.anarazel.de
justify_interval, justify_hours, and justify_days didn't check for
overflow when promoting hours to days or days to months; but that's
possible when the upper field's value is already large. Detect and
report any such overflow.
Also, we can avoid unnecessary overflow in some cases in justify_interval
by pre-justifying the days field. (Thanks to Nathan Bossart for this
idea.)
Joe Koshakow
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAvxfHeNqsJ2xYFbPUf_8nNQUiJqkag04NW6aBQQ0dbZsxfWHA@mail.gmail.com
This change makes libpq apply the same private-key-file ownership
and permissions checks that we have used in the backend since commit
9a83564c5. Namely, that the private key can be owned by either the
current user or root (with different file permissions allowed in the
two cases). This allows system-wide management of key files, which
is just as sensible on the client side as the server, particularly
when the client is itself some application daemon.
Sync the comments about this between libpq and the backend, too.
David Steele
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/f4b7bc55-97ac-9e69-7398-335e212f7743@pgmasters.net
This is pretty queasy-making on general principles, and the more so
once you notice that CommitTransactionCommand() is actually stomping
on the values saved by _SPI_commit(). It's okay as long as the
active values didn't change during HoldPinnedPortals(); but that's
a larger assumption than I think we want to make, especially since
the fix is so simple.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1533956.1645731245@sss.pgh.pa.us
SPI_commit previously left it up to the caller to recover from any error
occurring during commit. Since that's complicated and requires use of
low-level xact.c facilities, it's not too surprising that no caller got
it right. Let's move the responsibility for cleanup into spi.c. Doing
that requires redefining SPI_commit as starting a new transaction, so
that it becomes equivalent to SPI_commit_and_chain except that you get
default transaction characteristics instead of preserving the prior
transaction's characteristics. We can make this pretty transparent
API-wise by redefining SPI_start_transaction() as a no-op. Callers
that expect to do something in between might be surprised, but
available evidence is that no callers do so.
Having made that API redefinition, we can fix this mess by having
SPI_commit[_and_chain] trap errors and start a new, clean transaction
before re-throwing the error. Likewise for SPI_rollback[_and_chain].
Some cleanup is also needed in AtEOXact_SPI, which was nowhere near
smart enough to deal with SPI contexts nested inside a committing
context.
While plperl and pltcl need no changes beyond removing their now-useless
SPI_start_transaction() calls, plpython needs some more work because it
hadn't gotten the memo about catching commit/rollback errors in the
first place. Such an error resulted in longjmp'ing out of the Python
interpreter, which leaks Python stack entries at present and is reported
to crash Python 3.11 altogether. Add the missing logic to catch such
errors and convert them into Python exceptions.
We are probably going to have to back-patch this once Python 3.11 ships,
but it's a sufficiently basic change that I'm a bit nervous about doing
so immediately. Let's let it bake awhile in HEAD first.
Peter Eisentraut and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3375ffd8-d71c-2565-e348-a597d6e739e3@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17416-ed8fe5d7213d6c25@postgresql.org
Since commit ffa2e4670, libpq resets conn->errorMessage only when
starting a new query. However, the later introduction of pipelining
requires a further refinement: the "start of query" isn't necessarily
when it's submitted to PQsendQueryStart. If we clear at that point
then we risk dropping text for an error that the application has not
noticed yet. Instead, when queuing a query while a previous query is
still in flight, leave errorMessage alone; reset it when we begin
to process the next query in pqPipelineProcessQueue.
Perhaps this should be back-patched to v14 where ffa2e4670 came in.
However I'm uncertain about whether it interacts with 618c16707.
In the absence of user complaints, leave v14 alone.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1421785.1645723238@sss.pgh.pa.us
Formerly div_var() had "fast path" short division code that was
significantly faster when the divisor was just one base-NBASE digit,
but otherwise used long division.
This commit adds a new function div_var_int() that divides by an
arbitrary 32-bit integer, using the fast short division algorithm, and
updates both div_var() and div_var_fast() to use it for one and two
digit divisors. In the case of div_var(), this is slightly faster in
the one-digit case, because it avoids some digit array copying, and is
much faster in the two-digit case where it replaces long division. For
div_var_fast(), it is much faster in both cases because the main
div_var_fast() algorithm is optimised for larger inputs.
Additionally, optimise exp() and ln() by using div_var_int(), allowing
a NumericVar to be replaced by an int in a couple of places, most
notably in the Taylor series code. This produces a significant speedup
of exp(), ln() and the numeric_big regression test.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
In the standard numeric division algorithm, the inner loop multiplies
the divisor by the next quotient digit and subtracts that from the
working dividend. As suggested by the original code comment, the
separate "carry" and "borrow" variables (from the multiplication and
subtraction steps respectively) can be folded together into a single
variable. Doing so significantly improves performance, as well as
simplifying the code.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
This loop is basically the same as the inner loop of mul_var(), which
was auto-vectorized in commit 8870917623, but the compiler will only
consider auto-vectorizing the div_var_fast() loop if the assignment
target div[qi + i] is replaced by div_qi[i], where div_qi = &div[qi].
Additionally, since the compiler doesn't know that qdigit is
guaranteed to fit in a 16-bit NumericDigit, cast it to NumericDigit
before multiplying to make the resulting auto-vectorized code more
efficient (avoiding unnecessary multiplication of the high 16 bits).
While at it, per suggestion from Tom Lane, change var1digit in
mul_var() to be a NumericDigit rather than an int for the same
reason. This actually makes no difference with modern gcc, but it
might help other compilers generate more efficient assembly.
Dean Rasheed, reviewed by Tom Lane.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEZATCVwsBi-ND-t82Cuuh1=8ee6jdOpzsmGN+CUZB6yjLg9jw@mail.gmail.com
The old form of the test needed a bunch of custom infrastructure. These days
tap tests provide the necessary infrastructure to do better.
We discussed whether to move this test to src/test/modules, alongside
libpq_pipeline, but concluded that the opposite direction would be
better. libpq_pipeline will be moved at a later date, once the buildfarm and
msvc build infrastructure is ready for it.
The invocation of the tap test will be added in the next commit. It involves
just enough buildsystem changes to be worth commiting separately. Can't happen
the other way round because prove errors out when invoked without tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220223203031.ezrd73ohvjgfksow@alap3.anarazel.de
See also afdeff1052. Failures after that commit provided a few more hints,
but not yet enough to understand what's going on.
In 019_replslot_limit.pl shut down nodes with fast instead of immediate mode
if we observe the failure mode. That should tell us whether the failures we're
observing are just a timing issue under high load. PGCTLTIMEOUT should prevent
buildfarm animals from hanging endlessly.
Also adds a bit more logging to replication slot drop and ShutdownPostgres().
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220225192941.hqnvefgdzaro6gzg@alap3.anarazel.de
Perl can be convinced to execute user-defined code during compilation
of a plperl function (or at least a plperlu function). That's not
such a big problem as long as the activity is confined within the
Perl interpreter, and it's not clear we could do anything about that
anyway. However, if such code tries to use plperl's SPI functions,
we have a bigger problem. In the first place, those functions are
likely to crash because current_call_data->prodesc isn't set up yet.
In the second place, because it isn't set up, we lack critical info
such as whether the function is supposed to be read-only. And in
the third place, this path allows code execution during function
validation, which is strongly discouraged because of the potential
for security exploits. Hence, reject execution of the SPI functions
until compilation is finished.
While here, add check_spi_usage_allowed() calls to various functions
that hadn't gotten the memo about checking that. I think that perhaps
plperl_sv_to_literal may have been intentionally omitted on the grounds
that it was safe at the time; but if so, the addition of transforms
functionality changed that. The others are more recently added and
seem to be flat-out oversights.
Per report from Mark Murawski. Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9acdf918-7fff-4f40-f750-2ffa84f083d2@intellasoft.net
When opening a WAL file smaller than XLOG_BLCKSZ (e.g. 0 bytes long) while
determining the wal_segment_size, pg_waldump checked errno, despite errno not
being set by the short read. Resulting in a bogus error message.
Author: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220214.181847.775024684568733277.horikyota.ntt@gmail.com
Backpatch: 11-, the bug was introducedin fc49e24fa
Commit 49c9d9fc unified VACUUM VERBOSE and autovacuum logging. It
neglected to remove an old vacrel field that was only used by the old
VACUUM VERBOSE, so remove it now.
The previous num_tuples approach doesn't seem to have any real advantage
over the approach VACUUM VERBOSE takes now (also the approach used by
the autovacuum logging code), which is to show new_rel_tuples.
new_rel_tuples is the possibly-estimated total number of tuples left in
the table, whereas num_tuples meant the number of tuples encountered
during the VACUUM operation, after pruning, without regard for tuples
from pages skipped via the visibility map.
In passing, reorder a related vacrel field for consistency.
The buffer argument hasn't been used since the function was first added
by commit bbb6e559c4. The sibling heap_prepare_freeze_tuple function
doesn't have such an argument either. Remove it.
realloc() will return NULL on a failed reallocation, so the destination
pointer must be inspected to avoid null pointer dereference. Further,
assigning the return value to the source pointer leak the allocation in
the case of reallocation failure. Fix by using pg_realloc instead which
has full error handling.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/9FC7E603-9246-4C62-B466-A39CFAF454AE@yesql.se
If a checkpoint happens during sorted GiST index build, and the system
crashes after the checkpoint and after the index build has finished,
the data written to the index before the checkpoint started could be
lost. The checkpoint won't fsync it, and it won't be replayed at crash
recovery either. Fix by calling smgrimmedsync() after the index build,
just like in B-tree index build.
Backpatch to v14 where the sorted GiST index build was introduced.
Reported-by: Melanie Plageman
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAAKRu_ZJJynimxKj5xYBSziL62-iEtPE+fx-B=JzR=jUtP92mw@mail.gmail.com
This makes more consistent the SRF-related checks in the area of
PL/pgSQL, PL/Perl, PL/Tcl, pageinspect and some of the JSON worker
functions, making it easier to grep for the same error patterns through
the code, reducing a bit the translation work.
It is worth noting that each_worker_jsonb()/each_worker() in jsonfuncs.c
and pageinspect's brin_page_items() were doing a check on expectedDesc
that is not required as they fetch their tuple descriptor directly from
get_call_result_type(). This looks like a set of copy-paste errors that
have spread over the years.
This commit is a continuation of the changes begun in 07daca5, for any
remaining code paths on sight. Like fcc2817, this makes the code more
consistent, easing the integration of a larger patch that will refactor
the way tuplestores are created and checked in a good portion of the
set-returning functions present in core.
I have worked my way through the changes of this patch by myself, and
Ranier has proposed the same changes in a different thread in parallel,
though there were some inconsistencies related in expectedDesc in what
was proposed by him.
Author: Michael Paquier, Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQApm=AFuJjEHLBjBcJbxcw4pBMwg2sHwXyCXYcbBOj3hpg@mail.gmail.com
The following set-returning functions have their logic simplified, to be
more consistent with other in-core areas:
- pg_prepared_statement()'s tuple descriptor is now created with
get_call_result_type() instead of being created from scratch, saving
from some duplication with pg_proc.dat.
- show_all_file_settings(), similarly, now uses get_call_result_type()
to build its tuple descriptor instead of creating it from scratch.
- pg_options_to_table() made use of a static routine called only once.
This commit removes this internal routine to make the function easier to
follow.
- pg_config() was using a unique logic style, doing checks on the tuple
descriptor passed down in expectedDesc, but it has no need to do so.
This switches the function to use a tuplestore with a tuple descriptor
retrieved from get_call_result_type(), instead.
This simplifies an upcoming patch aimed at refactoring the way
tuplestores are created and checked in set-returning functions, this
change making sense as its own independent cleanup by shaving some
code.
Author: Melanie Plageman, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
In the Publisher-Subscriber setup, after performing a DML operation on the
publisher, we need to wait for it to be replayed on the subscriber before
querying the same data on the subscriber. One of the tests missed the wait
step.
As per buildfarm.
Author: Peter Smith
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHut+Pv=e9Qd1TSYo8Og6x6Abfz3b9_htwinLp4ENPgV45DACQ@mail.gmail.com
Commit 3db826bd5 intended that valid_custom_variable_name's
rules for valid identifiers match those of scan.l. However,
I (tgl) had some kind of brain fade and put "_" in the wrong
list.
Fix by Japin Li, per bug #17415 from Daniel Polski.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17415-ebdb683d7e09a51c@postgresql.org
If the log streaming child process (thread on Windows) dies during
backup then the whole backup will be aborted at the end of the
backup. Instead, trap ungraceful termination of the log streaming
child and exit early. This also adds a TAP test for simulating this
by terminating the responsible backend.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Magnus Hagander <magnus@hagander.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/0F69E282-97F9-4DB7-8D6D-F927AA6340C8@yesql.se
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/VI1PR83MB0189818B82C19059CB62E26199A89@VI1PR83MB0189.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
Refactor the recovery tests to not carry a local duplicated copy of
the pump_until function which pumps a process until a defined string
is seen on a stream. This reduces duplication, and is in preparation
for another patch which will also use this functionality.
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion https://postgr.es/m/YgynUafCyIu3jIhC@paquier.xyz
Commit 61081e75c introduced pg_rewind along with the test suite, which
ensured that subroutines didn't incur more than one test to plan. Now
that we no longer explicitly plan tests (since 549ec201d), we can use
the usual Test::More functions.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AA527525-F0CC-4AA2-AF98-543CABFDAF59@yesql.se
I have not been able to reproduce the occasional failures of
019_replslot_limit.pl we are seeing in the buildfarm and not for lack of
trying. The additional logging and increased log level will hopefully help.
Will be reverted once the cause is identified.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220218231415.c4plkp4i3reqcwip@alap3.anarazel.de
This feature adds row filtering for publication tables. When a publication
is defined or modified, an optional WHERE clause can be specified. Rows
that don't satisfy this WHERE clause will be filtered out. This allows a
set of tables to be partially replicated. The row filter is per table. A
new row filter can be added simply by specifying a WHERE clause after the
table name. The WHERE clause must be enclosed by parentheses.
The row filter WHERE clause for a table added to a publication that
publishes UPDATE and/or DELETE operations must contain only columns that
are covered by REPLICA IDENTITY. The row filter WHERE clause for a table
added to a publication that publishes INSERT can use any column. If the
row filter evaluates to NULL, it is regarded as "false". The WHERE clause
only allows simple expressions that don't have user-defined functions,
user-defined operators, user-defined types, user-defined collations,
non-immutable built-in functions, or references to system columns. These
restrictions could be addressed in the future.
If you choose to do the initial table synchronization, only data that
satisfies the row filters is copied to the subscriber. If the subscription
has several publications in which a table has been published with
different WHERE clauses, rows that satisfy ANY of the expressions will be
copied. If a subscriber is a pre-15 version, the initial table
synchronization won't use row filters even if they are defined in the
publisher.
The row filters are applied before publishing the changes. If the
subscription has several publications in which the same table has been
published with different filters (for the same publish operation), those
expressions get OR'ed together so that rows satisfying any of the
expressions will be replicated.
This means all the other filters become redundant if (a) one of the
publications have no filter at all, (b) one of the publications was
created using FOR ALL TABLES, (c) one of the publications was created
using FOR ALL TABLES IN SCHEMA and the table belongs to that same schema.
If your publication contains a partitioned table, the publication
parameter publish_via_partition_root determines if it uses the partition's
row filter (if the parameter is false, the default) or the root
partitioned table's row filter.
Psql commands \dRp+ and \d <table-name> will display any row filters.
Author: Hou Zhijie, Euler Taveira, Peter Smith, Ajin Cherian
Reviewed-by: Greg Nancarrow, Haiying Tang, Amit Kapila, Tomas Vondra, Dilip Kumar, Vignesh C, Alvaro Herrera, Andres Freund, Wei Wang
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/CAHE3wggb715X%2BmK_DitLXF25B%3DjE6xyNCH4YOwM860JR7HarGQ%40mail.gmail.com
"regress" is a new mode added to compute_query_id aimed at facilitating
regression testing when a module computing query IDs is loaded into the
backend, like pg_stat_statements. It works the same way as "auto",
meaning that query IDs are computed if a module enables it, except that
query IDs are hidden in EXPLAIN outputs to ensure regression output
stability.
Like any GUCs of the kind (force_parallel_mode, etc.), this new
configuration can be added to an instance's postgresql.conf, or just
passed down with PGOPTIONS at command level. compute_query_id uses an
enum for its set of option values, meaning that this addition ensures
ABI compatibility.
Using this new configuration mode allows installcheck-world to pass when
running the tests on an instance with pg_stat_statements enabled,
stabilizing the test output while checking the paths doing query ID
computations.
Reported-by: Anton Melnikov
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1634283396.372373993@f75.i.mail.ru
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YgHlxgc/OimuPYhH@paquier.xyz
Backpatch-through: 14
Commit 75d22069e tried to throw a warning for setting a custom GUC whose
prefix belongs to a previously-loaded extension, if there is no such GUC
defined by the extension. But that caused unstable behavior with
parallel workers, because workers don't necessarily load extensions and
GUCs in the same order their leader did. To make that work safely, we
have to completely disallow the case. We now actually remove any such
GUCs at the time of initial extension load, and then throw an error not
just a warning if you try to add one later. While this might create a
compatibility issue for a few people, the improvement in error-detection
capability seems worth it; it's hard to believe that there's any good
use-case for choosing such GUC names.
This also un-reverts 5609cc01c (Rename EmitWarningsOnPlaceholders() to
MarkGUCPrefixReserved()), since that function's old name is now even
more of a misnomer.
Florin Irion and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1902182.1640711215@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit <FIXME> fixed the bug that RemoveTempRelationsCallback() did not
push/register a snapshot. That only went unnoticed because often a valid
catalog snapshot exists and is returned by GetOldestSnapshot(). But due to
invalidation processing that is not reliable.
Thus assert in init_toast_snapshot() that there is a registered or active
snapshot, using the new HaveRegisteredOrActiveSnapshot().
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220219180002.6tubjq7iw7m52bgd@alap3.anarazel.de
When cleaning up temporary objects during process exit the cleanup could fail
with:
FATAL: cannot fetch toast data without an active snapshot
The bug is caused by RemoveTempRelationsCallback() not setting up a
snapshot. If an object with toasted catalog data needs to be cleaned up,
init_toast_snapshot() could fail with the above error.
Most of the time however the the problem is masked due to cached catalog
snapshots being returned by GetOldestSnapshot(). But dropping an object can
cause catalog invalidations to be emitted. If no further catalog accesses are
necessary between the invalidation processing and the next toast datum
deletion, the bug becomes visible.
It's easy to miss this bug because it typically happens after clients
disconnect and the FATAL error just ends up in the log.
Luckily temporary table cleanup at the next use of the same temporary schema
or during DISCARD ALL does not have the same problem.
Fix the bug by pushing a snapshot in RemoveTempRelationsCallback(). Also add
isolation tests for temporary object cleanup, including objects with toasted
catalog data.
A future HEAD only commit will add an assertion trying to make this more
visible.
Reported-By: Miles Delahunty
Author: Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAOFAq3BU5Mf2TTvu8D9n_ZOoFAeQswuzk7yziAb7xuw_qyw5gw@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch: 10-
Until this change pg_upgrade with output redirected to a file / pipe would end
up printing all files in the cluster. This has made check-world output
exceedingly verbose.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Justin Pryzby <pryzby@telsasoft.com>
Reviewed-By: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGKjrV61ZVJ8OSag+3rKRmCZXPc03bDyWMqhXg3rdZ=fOw@mail.gmail.com
Oversight in commit 618c16707. This is mainly neatnik-ism, since
if PQrequestCancel is used per its API contract, we should perform
pqClearConnErrorState before reaching any place that would consult
errorReported. But still, it seems like a bad idea to potentially
leave errorReported pointing past errorMessage.len.
Following migration of Windows buildfarm members running TAP tests to
use of ucrt64 perl for those tests, special processing for msys perl is
no longer necessary and so is removed.
Backpatch to release 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/c65a8781-77ac-ea95-d185-6db291e1baeb@dunslane.net
There were a number of places in the code that used bespoke bit-twiddling
expressions to do bitwise rotation. While we've had pg_rotate_right32()
for a while now, we hadn't gotten around to standardizing on that. Do so
now. Since many potential call sites look more natural with the "left"
equivalent, add that function too.
Reviewed by Tom Lane and Yugo Nagata
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsH7c1LC0CGZ0ADCBXLHU5-%3DKNXx-r7tHYPAW51b2HK4Qw%40mail.gmail.com
The execution paths of those functions have been using a set of checks
inconsistent with any other SRF function:
- string_to_table() missed a check on expectedDesc, the tuple descriptor
expected by the caller, that should never be NULL. Introduced in
66f1630.
- pg_config() should check for a ReturnSetInfo, and expectedDesc cannot
be NULL. Its error messages were also inconsistent. Introduced in
a5c43b8.
Extracted from a larger patch by the same author, in preparation for a
larger patch set aimed at refactoring the way tuplestores are created
and checked in SRF functions.
Author: Melanie Plageman
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAKRu_azyd1Z3W_r7Ou4sorTjRCs+PxeHw1CWJeXKofkE6TuZg@mail.gmail.com
Since commit ffa2e4670, libpq accumulates text in conn->errorMessage
across a whole query cycle. In some situations, we may report more
than one error event within a cycle: the easiest case to reach is
where we report a FATAL error message from the server, and then a
bit later we detect loss of connection. Since, historically, each
error PGresult bears the entire content of conn->errorMessage,
this results in duplication of the FATAL message in any output that
concatenates the contents of the PGresults.
Accumulation in errorMessage still seems like a good idea, especially
in view of the number of places that did ad-hoc error concatenation
before ffa2e4670. So to fix this, let's track how much of
conn->errorMessage has been read out into error PGresults, and only
include new text in later PGresults. The tricky part of that is
to be sure that we never discard an error PGresult once made (else
we'd risk dropping some text, a problem much worse than duplication).
While libpq formerly did that in some code paths, a little bit of
rearrangement lets us postpone making an error PGresult at all until
we are about to return it.
A side benefit of that postponement is that it now becomes practical
to return a dummy static PGresult in cases where we hit out-of-memory
while trying to manufacture an error PGresult. This eliminates the
admittedly-very-rare case where we'd return NULL from PQgetResult,
indicating successful query completion, even though what actually
happened was an OOM failure.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/ab4288f8-be5c-57fb-2400-e3e857f53e46@enterprisedb.com
As currently implemented, failure of a PGEVT_CONNRESET callback
forces the PGconn into the CONNECTION_BAD state (without closing
the socket, which is inconsistent with other failure paths), and
prevents later callbacks from being called. This seems highly
questionable, and indeed is questioned by comments in the source.
Instead, let's just ignore the result value of PGEVT_CONNRESET
calls. Like the preceding commit, this converts event callbacks
into "pure observers" that cannot affect libpq's processing logic.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3185105.1644960083@sss.pgh.pa.us
As currently implemented, failure of a PGEVT_RESULTCREATE callback
causes the PGresult to be converted to an error result. This is
intellectually inconsistent (shouldn't a failing callback likewise
prevent creation of the error result? what about side-effects on the
behavior seen by other event procs? why does PQfireResultCreateEvents
act differently from PQgetResult?), but more importantly it destroys
any promises we might wish to make about the behavior of libpq in
nontrivial operating modes, such as pipeline mode. For example,
it's not possible to promise that PGRES_PIPELINE_SYNC results will
be returned if an event callback fails on those. With this
definition, expecting applications to behave sanely in the face of
possibly-failing callbacks seems like a very big lift.
Hence, redefine the result of a callback failure as being simply
that that event procedure won't be called any more for this PGresult
(which was true already). Event procedures can still signal failure
back to the application through out-of-band mechanisms, for example
via their passthrough arguments.
Similarly, don't let failure of a PGEVT_RESULTCOPY callback prevent
PQcopyResult from succeeding. That definition allowed a misbehaving
event proc to break single-row mode (our sole internal use of
PQcopyResult), and it probably had equally deleterious effects for
outside uses.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3185105.1644960083@sss.pgh.pa.us
GCC 12 complains that set_stack_base is storing the address of
a local variable in a long-lived pointer. This is an entirely
reasonable warning (indeed, it just helped us find a bug);
but that behavior is intentional here. We can work around it
by using __builtin_frame_address(0) instead of a specific local
variable; that produces an address a dozen or so bytes different,
in my testing, but we don't care about such a small difference.
Maybe someday a compiler lacking that function will start to issue
a similar warning, but we'll worry about that when it happens.
Patch by me, per a suggestion from Andres Freund. Back-patch to
v12, which is as far back as the patch will go without some pain.
(Recently-established project policy would permit a back-patch as
far as 9.2, but I'm disinclined to expend the work until GCC 12
is much more widespread.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3773792.1645141467@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 5f173040 removed the parameter "heapRelation" from
CheckIndexCompatible(), but forgot to remove the mention of it
from the comment. This commit removes that unnecessary mention.
Also this commit adds the missing mention of the parameter "oldId"
in the comment.
Author: Yugo Nagata
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Fujii Masao
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220204014634.b39314f278ff4ae3de96e201@sraoss.co.jp
Commit 6e0cb3dec1 allowed postgres_fdw.application_name to include
escape sequences %a (application name), %d (database name), %u (user name)
and %p (pid). In addition to them, this commit makes it support
the escape sequences for session ID (%c) and cluster name (%C).
These are helpful to investigate where each remote transactions came from.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Ryohei Takahashi, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1041dc9a-c976-049f-9f14-e7d94c29c4b2@oss.nttdata.com
Ill-considered refactoring in 23a1c6578 led to progress_filename
sometimes pointing to data that had gone out of scope. The most
bulletproof fix is to hang onto a copy of whatever's passed in.
Compared to the work spent elsewhere per file, that's not very
expensive, plus we can skip it except in verbose logging mode.
Per buildfarm.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220212211316.GK31460@telsasoft.com
Python 2.7 went EOL 2020-01-01 and the support for Python 2 requires a fair
bit of infrastructure. Therefore we are removing Python 2 support in plpython.
This patch just rejects Python 2 during configure / mkvcbuild.pl. Future
commits will remove the code and infrastructure for Python 2 support and
adjust more of the documentation. This way we can see the buildfarm state
after the removal sooner and we can be sure that failures are due to
desupporting Python 2, rather than caused by infrastructure cleanup.
Reviewed-By: Peter Eisentraut <peter@eisentraut.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211031184548.g4sxfe47n2kyi55r@alap3.anarazel.de
Double the default setting for hash_mem_multiplier, from 1.0 to 2.0.
This setting makes hash-based executor nodes use twice the usual
work_mem limit.
The PostgreSQL 15 release notes should have a compatibility note about
this change.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wzndc_ROk6CY-bC6p9O53q974Y0Ey4WX8jcPbuTZYM4Q3A@mail.gmail.com
Add a heuristic that avoids distortion in the pg_class.reltuples
estimates used by VACUUM. Without the heuristic, successive manually
run VACUUM commands (run against a table that is never modified after
initial bulk loading) will scan the same page in each VACUUM operation.
Eventually pg_class.reltuples may reach the point where one single heap
page is accidentally considered highly representative of the entire
table. This is likely to be completely wrong, since the last heap page
typically has fewer tuples than average for the table.
It's not obvious that this was a problem prior to commit 44fa8488, which
made vacuumlazy.c consistently scan the last heap page (even when it is
all-visible in the visibility map). It seems possible that there were
more subtle variants of the same problem that went unnoticed for quite
some time, though. Commit 44fa8488 simplified certain aspects of when
and how relation truncation was considered, but it did not introduce the
"scan the last page" behavior. Essentially the same behavior was
introduced much earlier, in commit e8429082. It was conditioned on
whether or not truncation looked promising towards the end of the
initial heap pass by VACUUM until recently, which was at least somewhat
protective. That doesn't seem like something that we should be relying
on, though.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzkNKORurux459M64mR63Aw4Jq7MBRVcX=CvALqN3A88WA@mail.gmail.com
This routine is a no-op since dd04e95 from 2003, with a macro kept
around for compatibility purposes. This has led to the same code
patterns being copy-pasted around for no effect, sometimes in confusing
ways like in pg_logical_slot_get_changes_guts() from logical.c where the
code was actually incorrect.
This issue has been discussed on two different threads recently, so
rather than living with this legacy, remove any uses of this routine in
the C code to simplify things. The compatibility macro is kept to avoid
breaking any out-of-core modules that depend on it.
Reported-by: Tatsuhito Kasahara, Justin Pryzby
Author: Tatsuhito Kasahara
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211217200419.GQ17618@telsasoft.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAP0=ZVJeeYfAeRfmzqAF2Lumdiv4S4FewyBnZd4DPTrsSQKJKw@mail.gmail.com
In commit 70e81861fa to split xlog.c, I moved the startup code that
updates the state in the control file and prints out the "database
system was not properly shut down" message to the log, but I
accidentally removed the "if (InRecovery)" check around it. As a
result, that message was printed even if the system was cleanly shut
down, also during 'initdb'.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3357075.1645031062@sss.pgh.pa.us
FinishWalRecovery() copied the valid part of the last WAL block into a
palloc'd buffer, and the code in StartupXLOG() copied it to the WAL
buffer. But the memcpy in StartupXLOG() copied a full 8kB block, not
just the valid part, i.e. it copied from beyond the end of the buffer.
The invalid part was cleared immediately afterwards, so as long as the
memory was allocated and didn't segfault, it didn't do any harm, but
it can definitely segfault.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/efc12e32-5af2-3485-5b1d-5af9f707491a@iki.fi
After this, the PostgreSQL lexers no longer accept numeric literals
with trailing non-digits, such as 123abc, which would be scanned as
two tokens: 123 and abc. This is undocumented and surprising, and it
might also interfere with some extended numeric literal syntax being
contemplated for the future.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
This moves the functions related to performing WAL recovery into the new
xlogrecovery.c source file, leaving xlog.c responsible for maintaining
the WAL buffers, coordinating the startup and switch from recovery to
normal operations, and other miscellaneous stuff that have always been in
xlog.c.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a31f27b4-a31d-f976-6217-2b03be646ffa%40iki.fi
This is in preparation for the next commit, which will split off
recovery-related code from xlog.c into a new source file. This is the
order that things will happen with the next commit, and the point of
this commit is to make these ordering changes more explicit, while the
next commit mechanically moves the source code to the new file. To aid
review, I added "BEGIN/END function" comments to mark which blocks of
code are moved to which functions in the next commit. They will be gone
in the next commit.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/a31f27b4-a31d-f976-6217-2b03be646ffa%40iki.fi
To tidy up after some recent refactorings in xlog.c. These would be
fixed by the pgindent run we do at the end of the development cycle,
but I want to clean these up now as I'm about to do some more big
refactorings on xlog.c.
src/backend/utils/misc/check_guc is a script that cross-checks the
consistency of the GUCs with postgresql.conf.sample, making sure that
its format is in line with what guc.c has. It has never been run
automatically, and has rotten over the years, creating a lot of false
positives as per a report from Justin Pryzby.
d10e41d has introduced a SQL function to publish the most relevant flags
associated to a GUC, with tests added in the main regression test suite
to make sure that we avoid most of the inconsistencies in the GUC
settings, based on recent reports, but there was nothing able to
cross-check postgresql.conf.sample with the contents of guc.c.
This commit adds a TAP test that covers the remaining gap. It emulates
the most relevant checks that check_guc did, so as any format mistakes
are detected in postgresql.conf.sample at development stage, with the
following checks:
- Check that parameters marked as NOT_IN_SAMPLE are not in the sample
file.
- Check that there are no dead entries in postgresql.conf.sample for
parameters not marked as NOT_IN_SAMPLE.
- Check that no parameters are missing from the sample file if listed in
guc.c without NOT_IN_SAMPLE.
The idea of building a list of the GUCs by parsing the sample file comes
from Justin, and he wrote the regex used in the patch to find all the
GUCs (this same formatting rule basically applies for the last 20~ years
or so). In order to test this patch, I have played with manual
modifications of postgresql.conf.sample and guc.c, making sure that we
detect problems with the GUC rules and the sample file format.
The test is located in src/test/modules/test_misc, which is the best
location I could think about for such sanity checks, rather than the
main regression test suite (src/test/regress) to avoid a new type of
dependency with the source tree.
The first attempt of this patch was b0a55f4, where the location of
postgresql.conf.sample was retrieved using pg_config --sharedir. This
has proven to be an issue for distributions that patch pg_config to
enforce the installation paths at some wanted location (like Debian),
that may not exist when the test is run, hence causing a failure.
Instead of that, as per a suggestion from Andres Freund, rely on the
fact that the test is always executed from its directory in the source
tree and use a relative path to find the sample file. This works for
the CI, VPATH builds and on Windows, and tests like the recovery one
added in f47ed79 rely on that already.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yf9YGSwPiMu0c7fP@paquier.xyz
The 028_pitr_timelines.pl test would sometimes hang, waiting for a WAL
segment that was just filled up to be archived. It was because the
test used 'pg_stat_archiver.last_archived_wal' to check if a file was
archived, but the order that WAL files are archived when a standby is
promoted is not fully deterministic, and 'last_archived_wal' tracks
the last segment that was archived, not the highest-numbered WAL
segment. Because of that, if the archiver archived segment 3, and then
2, 'last_archived_wal' say 2, and the test query would think that 3
has not been archived yet.
Normally, WAL files are marked ready for archival in order, and the
archiver process will process them in order, so that issue doesn't
arise. We have used the same query on 'last_archived_wal' in a few
other tests with no problem. But when a standby is promoted, things
are a bit chaotic. After promotion, the server will try to archive all
the WAL segments from the old timeline that are in pg_wal, as well as
the history file and any new WAL segments on the new timeline. The
end-of-recovery checkpoint will create the .ready files for all the
WAL files on the old timeline, but at the same time, the new timeline
is opened up for business. A file from the new timeline can therefore
be archived before the files from the old timeline have been marked as
ready for archival.
It turns out that we don't really need to wait for the archival in
this particular test, because the standby server is about to be
stopped, and stopping a server will wait for the end-of-recovery
checkpoint and all WAL archivals to finish, anyway. So we can just
remove it from the test.
Add a note to the docs on 'pg_stat_archiver' view that files can be
archived out of order.
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/3186114.1644960507@sss.pgh.pa.us
There is a very good (though non-obvious) reason to avoid relation
truncation during a VACUUM that has triggered the failsafe mechanism,
which was missed before now. Update related comments, so this isn't
forgotten.
Reported-By: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAFBsxsFiMPxQ-dHZ8tOgktn=+ffeJT3+GinZ4zdOGbmAnCYadA@mail.gmail.com
I think this will shut up a weird warning from buildfarm member
serinus. Perhaps it'd be better to change tsCompareString's
length arguments to unsigned, but that seems more invasive
than is justified.
Part of a general push to remove off-the-beaten-track warnings
where we can easily do so.
Our gcc-on-Solaris buildfarm members emit "incompatible pointer type"
warnings in places where it's not. This is a bit odd, since AFAICT
Solaris follows the POSIX spec in declaring shmdt's argument as
"const void *", and you'd think any pointer argument would satisfy that.
But whatever. Part of a general push to remove off-the-beaten-track
warnings where we can easily do so.
checkViewTupleDesc() didn't get the memo that it should verify
same attcollation along with same type/typmod. (A quick scan
did not find other similar oversights.)
Per bug #17404 from Pierre-Aurélien Georges. On another day
I might've back-patched this, but today I'm feeling paranoid
about unnecessary behavioral changes in back branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17404-8a4a270ef30a6709@postgresql.org
The test has failed a couple of times on buildfarm member 'hoverfly'. It
gets stuck waiting for the standby to archive 000000020000000000000003
WAL segment. I don't understand why, but with DEBUG1, we will get messages
in the log whenever a segment is archived, which hopefully will give a
clue the next time it happens.
The AF_UNIX macro was being used unprotected by HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS,
apparently since 2008. So the redirection through IS_AF_UNIX() is
apparently no longer necessary. (More generally, all supported
platforms are now HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS, but even if there were a new
platform in the future, it seems plausible that it would define the
AF_UNIX symbol even without kernel support.) So remove the
IS_AF_UNIX() macro and make the code a bit more consistent.
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f2d26815-9832-e333-d52d-72fbc0ade896%40enterprisedb.com
PostgreSQL currently accepts numeric literals with trailing
non-digits, such as 123abc where the abc is treated as the next token.
This may be a bit surprising. This commit adds test cases for this;
subsequent commits intend to change this behavior.
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
38bfae3 has mixed the "dump/" and "log/" subdirectories generated in
"pg_upgrade_output.d/", causing the internal dump files to be generated
in "log/" and the log files to be in "dump/", but the opposite should be
done. This was not directly an issue for pg_upgrade runs, as the
internal dump files were still picked up at the location of their
creation, but the newest version of the buildfarm client would have
reported the dump files instead of the log files on failures of
pg_upgrade.
Issue spotted while testing the TAP tests of pg_upgrade.
Previously, replication slots were released in ProcKill() on error, resulting
in reporting replication slot drop of ephemeral slots after the stats
subsystem was already shut down.
To fix this problem, move replication slot release to a before_shmem_exit()
hook that is called before the stats collector shuts down. There wasn't really
a good reason for the slot handling to be in ProcKill() anyway.
Patch by Masahiko Sawada, with very minor polishing by me.
I, Andres, wrote a test for dropping slots during process exit, but there may
be some OS dependent issues around the number of times FATAL error messages
are displayed due to a still debated libpq issue. So that test will be
committed separately / later.
Reviewed-By: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Author: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAD21AoDAeEpAbZEyYJsPZJUmSPaRicVSBObaL7sPaofnKz+9zg@mail.gmail.com
Move scanint8() to numutils.c and rename to pg_strtoint64(). We
already have a "16" and "32" version of that, and the code inside the
functions was aligned, so this move makes all three versions
consistent. The API is also changed to no longer provide the errorOK
case. Users that need the error checking can use strtoi64().
Reviewed-by: John Naylor <john.naylor@enterprisedb.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/b239564c-cad0-b23e-c57e-166d883cb97d@enterprisedb.com
On AIX 7.1, struct sockaddr_un is declared to be 1025 bytes long,
but the sun_len field that should hold the length is only a byte.
Clamp the value we try to store to ensure it will fit in the field.
(This coding might need adjustment if there are any machines out
there where sun_len is as wide as size_t; but a preliminary survey
suggests there's not, so let's keep it simple.)
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2781112.1644819528@sss.pgh.pa.us
While I was working on a patch to refactor things around xlog.c, I mixed
up EndOfLogTLI and replayTLI at the end of recovery. As a result, if you
recovered to a point with a lower-numbered timeline in a WAL segment
that has a higher TLI in the filename, the end-of-recovery WAL record
was created with invalid PrevTimeLineId. I noticed that while
self-reviewing, but no tests failed. So add a test to cover that corner
case.
Thanks to Amul Sul who also submitted a test case for the same corner
case, although this patch is different from that.
Reviewed-by: Amul Sul, Michael Paquier
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/52bc9ccd-8591-431b-0086-15d9acf25a3f@iki.fi
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAAJ_b94Vjt5cXGza_1MkjLQWciNdEemsmiWuQj0d%3DM7JfjAa1g%40mail.gmail.com
This adds to database objects the same version tracking that collation
objects have. There is a new pg_database column datcollversion that
stores the version, a new function
pg_database_collation_actual_version() to get the version from the
operating system, and a new subcommand ALTER DATABASE ... REFRESH
COLLATION VERSION.
This was not originally added together with pg_collation.collversion,
since originally version tracking was only supported for ICU, and ICU
on a database-level is not currently supported. But we now have
version tracking for glibc (since PG13), FreeBSD (since PG14), and
Windows (since PG13), so this is useful to have now.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/f0ff3190-29a3-5b39-a179-fa32eee57db6%40enterprisedb.com
Some of the queries in the "sanity" tests in the regression test suite
(opr_sanity, type_sanity) are very confusing. One main stumbling
block is that for some probably ancient reason many of the older
queries are written with correlation names p1, p2, etc. independent of
the name of the catalog. This one is a good example:
SELECT p1.oid, p1.oprname, p2.oid, p2.proname
FROM pg_operator AS p1, pg_proc AS p2 <-- HERE
WHERE p1.oprcode = p2.oid AND
p1.oprkind = 'l' AND
(p2.pronargs != 1
OR NOT binary_coercible(p2.prorettype, p1.oprresult)
OR NOT binary_coercible(p1.oprright, p2.proargtypes[0])
OR p1.oprleft != 0);
This is better written as
SELECT o1.oid, o1.oprname, p1.oid, p1.proname
FROM pg_operator AS o1, pg_proc AS p1
WHERE o1.oprcode = p1.oid AND
o1.oprkind = 'l' AND
(p1.pronargs != 1
OR NOT binary_coercible(p1.prorettype, o1.oprresult)
OR NOT binary_coercible(o1.oprright, p1.proargtypes[0])
OR o1.oprleft != 0);
This patch cleans up all the queries in this manner.
(As in the above case, I kept the digits like o1 and p1 even in cases
where only one of each letter is used in a query. This is mainly to
keep the style consistent.)
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/c538308b-319c-8784-e250-1284d12d5411%40enterprisedb.com
Previously we used poll() directly to check for a POLLRDHUP event.
Instead, use the WaitEventSet API to poll the socket for
WL_SOCKET_CLOSED, which knows how to detect this condition on many more
operating systems.
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Maksim Milyutin <milyutinma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77def86b27e41f0efcba411460e929ae%40postgrespro.ru
Provide a way for WaitEventSet to report that the remote peer has shut
down its socket, independently of whether there is any buffered data
remaining to be read. This works only on systems where the kernel
exposes that information, namely:
* WAIT_USE_POLL builds using POLLRDHUP, if available
* WAIT_USE_EPOLL builds using EPOLLRDHUP
* WAIT_USE_KQUEUE builds using EV_EOF
Reviewed-by: Zhihong Yu <zyu@yugabyte.com>
Reviewed-by: Maksim Milyutin <milyutinma@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/77def86b27e41f0efcba411460e929ae%40postgrespro.ru
Currently, during UPDATE, the unchanged replica identity key attributes
are not logged separately because they are getting logged as part of the
new tuple. But if they are stored externally then the untoasted values are
not getting logged as part of the new tuple and logical replication won't
be able to replicate such UPDATEs. So we need to log such attributes as
part of the old_key_tuple during UPDATE.
Reported-by: Haiying Tang
Author: Dilip Kumar and Amit Kapila
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera, Haiying Tang, Andres Freund
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB611342D0A92D4F4BF26C0F47FB229@OS0PR01MB6113.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
At some point, Gen_fmgrtab.pl stopped needing the value of defined symbols
from access/transam.h, while genbki.pl starting doing so. The Makefiles
didn't get the memo, so update the relevant dependencies.
Some environments may compile with --with-lz4 while the command "lz4"
goes missing, causing two failures in the TAP tests of pg_verifybackup
(008_untar.pl and 010_client_untar.pl) as the code assumed that the
command always existed with a hardcoded value in src/Makefile.global.
Rather than this method, this adds a ./configure check based on
PGAC_PATH_PROGS() to find automatically the command and get an absolute
path to it.
Both tests need to be adjusted for the case where the command does not
exist, actually, as Makefile.global would set now LZ4 to an empty value
in this case. The TAP tests of pg_receivewal already do that.
Per report from buildfarm member copperhead, as an effect of dab2984.
The origin of the failure is actually babbbb5 that did not centralize
the check for the existence of a "lz4" command at ./configure to shave a
few cycles. Note that one just needs to tweak an environment to move
"lz4" out of the way to reproduce the problem, which is what I did to
test this change.
Per discussion with Robert Haas, Tom Lane, Andres Freund and myself.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Ygc51WVAFGocSu4h@paquier.xyz
As of 1eb6d65, the origin data is optionally stored in a 2PC file
header, with the data filled in EndPrepare() even in the default case
where there is no origin data to add. This was inconsistent with all
the other fields of TwoPhaseFileHeader which are initialized in
StartPrepare(), so move the initialization of origin_lsn and
origin_timestamp there instead. The effect of missing the
initialization at this early stage is only cosmetic based on the current
logic of the code, but could have led to issues in the long-term, and it
is more consistent done this way.
Reported-by: Ranier Vilela
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEudQAooECJ+gU_RZB-yhioPOV94R4ucoHAf68PiJhLpgpVpBw@mail.gmail.com
"const foo *" is quite different from "foo * const".
This code was evidently trying to avoid casting away
const from the arguments, but entirely failed to do so.
Per study of some buildfarm warnings from anole
(which unfortunately are mostly ignorable, since it
seems not to understand "restrict" very well).
I'm surprised though that nothing else has complained.
Depending on compiler version and optimization level, we might
get a complaint that lazy_scan_heap's "freespace" is used
uninitialized.
Compilers not aware that ereport(ERROR) doesn't return complained
about bbsink_lz4_new().
Assigning "-1" to a uint64 value has unportable results; fortunately,
the value of xlogreadsegno is unimportant when xlogreadfd is -1.
(It looks to me like there is no need for xlogreadsegno to be static
in the first place, but I didn't venture to change that.)
Commit 1f39a1c06 implemented write-failure postponement in pqSendSome,
which is above SSL/GSS processing. However, we've now seen failures
indicating that (some versions of?) OpenSSL have a tendency to report
write failures prematurely too. Hence, move the primary responsibility
for postponing write failures down to pqsecure_raw_write(), below
SSL/GSS processing. pqSendSome now sets write_failed only in corner
cases where we'd lost the connection already.
A side-effect of this change is that errors detected in the SSL/GSS
layer itself will be reported immediately (as if they were read
errors) rather than being postponed like write errors. That's
reverting an effect of 1f39a1c06, and I think it's fine: if there's
not a socket-level error, it's hard to be sure whether an OpenSSL
error ought to be considered a read or write failure anyway.
Another important point is that write-failure postponement is now
effective during connection setup. OpenSSL's misbehavior of this
sort occurs during SSL_connect(), so that's a change we want.
Per bug #17391 from Nazir Bilal Yavuz. Possibly this should be
back-patched, but I think it prudent to let it age awhile in HEAD
first.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17391-304f81bcf724b58b@postgresql.org
In commit 1f39a1c06 I made PQisBusy consider conn->write_failed, but
that is now looking like complete brain fade. In the first place, the
logic is quite wrong: it ought to be like "and not" rather than "or".
This meant that once we'd gotten into a write_failed state, PQisBusy
would always return true, probably causing the calling application to
iterate its loop until PQconsumeInput returns a hard failure thanks
to connection loss. That's not what we want: the intended behavior
is to return an error PGresult, which the application probably has
much cleaner support for.
But in the second place, checking write_failed here seems like the
wrong thing anyway. The idea of the write_failed mechanism is to
postpone handling of a write failure until we've read all we can from
the server; so that flag should not interfere with input-processing
behavior. (Compare 7247e243a.) What we *should* check for is
status = CONNECTION_BAD, ie, socket already closed. (Most places that
close the socket don't touch asyncStatus, but they do reset status.)
This primarily ensures that if PQisBusy() returns true then there is
an open socket, which is assumed by several call sites in our own
code, and probably other applications too.
While at it, fix a nearby thinko in libpq's my_sock_write: we should
only consult errno for res < 0, not res == 0. This is harmless since
pqsecure_raw_write would force errno to zero in such a case, but it
still could confuse readers.
Noted by Andres Freund. Backpatch to v12 where 1f39a1c06 came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220211011025.ek7exh6owpzjyudn@alap3.anarazel.de
This reverts commit b0a55f4, to remove for now the TAP test that did the
equivalent of check_guc. The test has been using pg_config --sharedir
to find the location of postgresql.conf.sample. While the buildfarm and
normal build environments rather liked that, this proves to be an issue
for Debian where pg_config is patched to not be relocatable, causing the
test to fail.
Rather than relying on pg_config, we'd better find the sample file based
on its location from the source directory. However, this is also an
issue as a TAP test only offers the build directory as of TESTDIR in the
environment context, so this would fail with VPATH builds. Perhaps the
source path could be provided additionally when running the TAP tests.
Or perhaps we may be able to get away by just switching to a SQL
approach, by using PG_ABS_SRCDIR but this is going to require some extra
loops to get the sample file from the correct path in src/backend/. In
any case, this needs more thoughts, so just revert the test case until
something better is done about this relocation problem.
Reported-by: Christopher Berg
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YgYw25OXV5men8Fj@msg.df7cb.de
Report on scanned pages within VACUUM VERBOSE and autovacuum logging.
These are pages that were physically examined during the VACUUM
operation. Note that this can include a small number of pages that were
marked all-visible in the visibility map by some earlier VACUUM
operation. VACUUM won't skip all-visible pages that aren't part of a
range of all-visible pages that's at least 32 blocks in length (partly
to avoid missing out on opportunities to advance relfrozenxid during
non-aggressive VACUUMs).
Commit 44fa8488 simplified the definition of scanned pages. It became
the complement of the pages (of those pages from rel_pages) that were
skipped using the visibility map. And so scanned pages precisely
indicates how effective the visibility map was at saving work. (Before
now we displayed the number of pages skipped via the visibility map when
happened to be frozen pages, but not when they were merely all-visible,
which was less useful to users.)
Rename the user-visible OldestXmin output field to "removal cutoff", and
show some supplementary information: how far behind the cutoff is
(number of XIDs behind) by the time the VACUUM operation finished. This
will help users to figure out what's _not_ working in extreme cases
where VACUUM is fundamentally unable to remove dead tuples or freeze
older tuples (e.g., due to a leaked replication slot). Also report when
relfrozenxid is advanced by VACUUM in output that immediately follows
"removal cutoff". This structure is intended to highlight the
relationship between the new relfrozenxid value for the table, and the
VACUUM operation's removal cutoff.
Finally, add instrumentation of "missed dead tuples", and the number of
pages that had at least one such tuple. These are fully DEAD (not just
RECENTLY_DEAD) tuples with storage that could not be pruned due to
failure to acquire a cleanup lock on a heap page. This is a replacement
for the "skipped due to pin" instrumentation removed by commit 44fa8488.
It shows more details than before for pages where failing to get a
cleanup lock actually resulted in VACUUM missing out on useful work, but
usually shows nothing at all instead (the mere fact that we couldn't get
a cleanup lock is usually of no consequence whatsoever now).
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wznp=c=Opj8Z7RMR3G=ec3_JfGYMN_YvmCEjoPCHzWbx0g@mail.gmail.com
Redefine a scanned page as any heap page that actually gets pinned by
VACUUM's first pass over the heap, regardless of whether or not the page
was cleanup locked. Although it's fundamentally impossible to prune a
heap page without a cleanup lock (since we cannot safely defragment the
page), we can do just about everything else. The only notable further
exception is freezing tuples, though even that is arguably a consequence
of not being able to prune (not a separate issue).
VACUUM now does as much of the same processing as possible for pages
that could not be cleanup locked. Any failure to do specific required
processing is treated as a special case exception, which will be rare in
practice. We now collect any preexisting LP_DEAD items (left behind by
earlier opportunistic pruning) in the dead_items array for these heap
pages, and count their tuples in the usual way. Steps used to decide if
we'll attempt relation truncation are performed in the usual way for
no-cleanup-lock scanned pages, too.
Although eliminating these special cases is intrinsically useful, it's
even more useful as an enabler of further simplifications. The only
essential difference between aggressive and non-aggressive is that only
aggressive is _guaranteed_ to be able to advance relfrozenxid up to
FreezeLimit. Advancing relfrozenxid is always useful, but before now
non-aggressive VACUUMs threw away the opportunity to do so whenever a
cleanup lock could not be acquired on any page, no matter what the
details were. This was very pessimistic.
It isn't actually necessary to "behave aggressively" to maintain the
ability to advance relfrozenxid when a cleanup lock isn't immediately
available (most of the time). The non-aggressive case will now make
sure that it isn't safe to advance relfrozenxid (without waiting) using
only a share lock. It will usually notice that there are no tuples that
need to be frozen anyway, just like in the aggressive case -- and so it
no longer wastes an opportunity to advance relfrozenxid over nothing.
(The non-aggressive case still won't wait for a cleanup lock when there
really are tuples on the page that need to be frozen, since that really
would amount to "behaving aggressively".)
VACUUM currently has a tendency to set heap pages to all-visible in the
visibility map before it freezes all of the tuples on the page. Only a
subsequent aggressive VACUUM will visit these pages to freeze their
tuples, usually only when the tuple XIDs are much older than the
vacuum_freeze_min_age GUC (FreezeLimit cutoff) is supposed to allow.
And so non-aggressive VACUUMs are still far less likely to be able to
advance relfrozenxid in practice, even with the enhancements from this
commit. This remaining issue will be addressed by future work that
overhauls the criteria for freezing tuples. Once that's in place,
almost every VACUUM operation will be able to advance relfrozenxid in
practice.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-Wznp=c=Opj8Z7RMR3G=ec3_JfGYMN_YvmCEjoPCHzWbx0g@mail.gmail.com
Previously, it was possible for DROP DATABASE, DROP TABLESPACE and ALTER
DATABASE SET TABLESPACE to fail because other backends still had file
handles open for dropped tables. Windows won't allow a directory
containing unlinked-but-still-open files to be unlinked. Tackle this
problem by forcing all backends to close all smgr fds. No change for
Unix systems, which don't suffer from the problem, but the new code path
can be tested by Unix-based developers by defining
USE_BARRIER_SMGRRELEASE explicitly.
It's possible that PROCSIGNAL_BARRIER_SMGRRELEASE will have more
bug-fixing applications soon (under discussion). Note that this is the
first user of the ProcSignalBarrier mechanism from commit 16a4e4aec. It
could in principle be back-patched as far as 14, but since field
complaints are rare and ProcSignalBarrier hasn't been battle-tested,
that seems like a bad idea. Fix in master only, where these failures
have started to show up in automated testing due to new tests.
Suggested-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Gustafsson <daniel@yesql.se>
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas <robertmhaas@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLdemy2gBm80kz20GTe6hNVwoErE8KwcJk6-U56oStjtg@mail.gmail.com
createplan.c tries to save a runtime projection step by specifying
a scan plan node's output as being exactly the table's columns, or
index's columns in the case of an index-only scan, if there is not a
reason to do otherwise. This logic did not previously pay attention
to whether an index's columns are returnable. That worked, sort of
accidentally, until commit 9a3ddeb51 taught setrefs.c to reject plans
that try to read a non-returnable column. I have no desire to loosen
setrefs.c's new check, so instead adjust use_physical_tlist() to not
try to optimize this way when there are non-returnable column(s).
Per report from Ryan Kelly. Like the previous patch, back-patch
to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHUie24ddN+pDNw7fkhNrjrwAX=fXXfGZZEHhRuofV_N_ftaSg@mail.gmail.com
Rather than doing manual book keeping to plan the number of tests to run
in each TAP suite, conclude each run with done_testing() summing up the
the number of tests that ran. This removes the need for maintaning and
updating the plan count at the expense of an accurate count of remaining
during the test suite runtime.
This patch has been discussed a number of times, often in the context of
other patches which updates tests, so a larger number of discussions can
be found in the archives.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi <horikyota.ntt@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/DD399313-3D56-4666-8079-88949DAC870F@yesql.se
LZ4 compression can now be performed on the client using
pg_basebackup -Ft --compress client-lz4, and LZ4 decompression of
a backup compressed on the server can be performed on the client
using pg_basebackup -Fp --compress server-lz4.
Dipesh Pandit, reviewed and tested by Jeevan Ladhe and Tushar Ahuja,
with a few corrections - and some documentation - by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAN1g5_FeDmiA9D8wdG2W6Lkq5CpubxOAqTmd2et9hsinTJtsMQ@mail.gmail.com
LZ4 compression can be a lot faster than gzip compression, so users
may prefer it even if the compression ratio is not as good. We will
want pg_basebackup to support LZ4 compression and decompression on the
client side as well, and there is a pending patch for that, but it's
by a different author, so I am committing this part separately for
that reason.
Jeevan Ladhe, reviewed by Tushar Ahuja and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CANm22Cg9cArXEaYgHVZhCnzPLfqXCZLAzjwTq7Fc0quXRPfbxA@mail.gmail.com
"pg_ctl stop/restart" checked that the postmaster PID is valid just
once, as a side-effect of sending the stop signal, and then would
wait-till-timeout for the postmaster.pid file to go away. This
neglects the case wherein the postmaster dies uncleanly after we
signal it. Similarly, once "pg_ctl promote" has sent the signal,
it'd wait for the corresponding on-disk state change to occur
even if the postmaster dies.
I'm not sure how we've managed not to notice this problem, but it
seems to explain slow execution of the 017_shm.pl test script on AIX
since commit 4fdbf9af5, which added a speculative "pg_ctl stop" with
the idea of making real sure that the postmaster isn't there. In the
test steps that kill-9 and then restart the postmaster, it's possible
to get past the initial signal attempt before kill() stops working
for the doomed postmaster. If that happens, pg_ctl waited till
PGCTLTIMEOUT before giving up ... and the buildfarm's AIX members
have that set very high.
To fix, include a "kill(pid, 0)" test (similar to what
postmaster_is_alive uses) in these wait loops, so that we'll
give up immediately if the postmaster PID disappears.
While here, I chose to refactor those loops out of where they were.
do_stop() and do_restart() can perfectly well share one copy of the
wait-for-stop loop, and it seems desirable to put a similar function
beside that for wait-for-promote.
Back-patch to all supported versions, since pg_ctl's wait logic
is substantially identical in all, and we're seeing the slow test
behavior in all branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220210023537.GA3222837@rfd.leadboat.com
This extends the logical decoding to also decode sequence increments.
We differentiate between sequences created in the current (in-progress)
transaction, and sequences created earlier. This mixed behavior is
necessary because while sequences are not transactional (increments are
not subject to ROLLBACK), relfilenode changes are. So we do this:
* Changes for sequences created in the same top-level transaction are
treated as transactional, i.e. just like any other change from that
transaction, and discarded in case of a rollback.
* Changes for sequences created earlier are applied immediately, as if
performed outside any transaction. This applies also after ALTER
SEQUENCE, which may create a new relfilenode.
Moreover, if we ever get support for DDL replication, the sequence
won't exist until the transaction gets applied.
Sequences created in the current transaction are tracked in a simple
hash table, identified by a relfilenode. That means a sequence may
already exist, but if a transaction does ALTER SEQUENCE then the
increments for the new relfilenode will be treated as transactional.
For each relfilenode we track the XID of (sub)transaction that created
it, which is needed for cleanup at transaction end. We don't need to
check the XID to decide if an increment is transactional - if we find a
match in the hash table, it has to be the same transaction.
This requires two minor changes to WAL-logging. Firstly, we need to
ensure the sequence record has a valid XID - until now the the increment
might have XID 0 if it was the first change in a subxact. But the
sequence might have been created in the same top-level transaction. So
we ensure the XID is assigned when WAL-logging increments.
The other change is addition of "created" flag, marking increments for
newly created relfilenodes. This makes it easier to maintain the hash
table of sequences that need transactional handling.
Note: This is needed because of subxacts. A XID 0 might still have the
sequence created in a different subxact of the same top-level xact.
This does not include any changes to test_decoding and/or the built-in
replication - those will be committed in separate patches.
A patch adding decoding of sequences was originally submitted by Cary
Huang. This commit reworks various important aspects (e.g. the WAL
logging and transactional/non-transactional handling). However, the
original patch and reviews were very useful.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Cary Huang
Reviewed-by: Peter Eisentraut, Hannu Krosing, Andres Freund
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/d045f3c2-6cfb-06d3-5540-e63c320df8bc@enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1710ed7e13b.cd7177461430746.3372264562543607781@highgo.ca
Commit 09cf1d522 taught schedule_alarm() to not do anything if
the next requested event is after when we expect the next interrupt
to fire. However, if somehow an interrupt gets lost, we'll continue
to not do anything indefinitely, even after the "next interrupt" time
is obviously in the past. Thus, one missed interrupt can break
timeout scheduling for the life of the session. Michael Harris
reported a scenario where a bug in a user-defined function caused this
to happen, so you don't even need to assume kernel bugs exist to think
this is worth fixing. We can make things more robust at little cost
by detecting the case where signal_due_at is before "now" and forcing
a new setitimer call to occur. This isn't a completely bulletproof
fix of course; but in our typical usage pattern where we frequently set
timeouts and clear them before they are reached, the interrupt will
get re-enabled after at most one timeout interval, which with a little
luck will be before we really need it.
While here, let's mark signal_due_at as volatile, since the signal
handler can both examine and set it. I'm not sure there's any
actual risk given that signal_pending is already volatile, but
it's surely questionable.
Backpatch to v14 where this logic came in.
Michael Harris and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CADofcAWbMrvgwSMqO4iG_iD3E2v8ZUrC-_crB41my=VMM02-CA@mail.gmail.com
Commit 0ba281cb4b added a new syntax
for the BASE_BACKUP command, with extensible options, but maintained
support for the legacy syntax. This isn't important for PostgreSQL,
where pg_basebackup works with older server versions but not newer
ones, but it could in theory matter for out-of-core users of the
replication protocol.
Discussion on pgsql-hackers, however, suggests that no one is aware
of any out-of-core use of the BASE_BACKUP command, and the consensus
is in favor of removing support for the old syntax to simplify the
code, so do that.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoazKcKUWtqVa0xZqSzbKgTH+X-aw4V7GyLD68EpDLMh8A@mail.gmail.com
The connection strings in the SSL client tests were using the host
set up from Cluster.pm which is a temporary pathname. When SNI is
enabled we pass the host to OpenSSL in order to set the server name
indication ClientHello extension via SSL_set_tlsext_host_name.
OpenSSL doesn't validate the hostname apart from checking the max
length, but LibreSSL checks for RFC 5890 conformance which results
in errors during testing as the pathname from Cluster.pm is not a
valid hostname.
Fix by setting the host explicitly to localhost, as that's closer
to the intent of the test.
Backpatch through 14 where SNI support came in.
Reported-by: Nazir Bilal Yavuz <byavuz81@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17391-304f81bcf724b58b@postgresql.org
Backpatch-through: 14
Some pre-2017 Test::More versions need perfect $Test::Builder::Level
maintenance to find the variable. Buildfarm member snapper reported an
overall failure that the file intended to hide via the TODO construct.
That trouble was reachable in v11 and v10. For later branches, this
serves as defense in depth. Back-patch to v10 (all supported versions).
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220202055556.GB2745933@rfd.leadboat.com
Some of the code paths changed by aa64f23 can reduce the number of times
GetMaxBackends() is called. The performance gain is marginal, but most
of the code changed by this commit already did that. Hence, let's be
clean and apply the same rule everywhere, for consistency.
Some of the code paths, like in deadlock.c, involve only assertions.
These are left unchanged.
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/YgMpGZhPOjNfS7er@paquier.xyz
The behavior I proposed, of matching case only when only keywords
are available to complete, turns out to be too cute. It adds about
as many problems as it removes. Simplify down to ilmari's original
proposal of just always matching case when completing a keyword.
Also, I noticed while testing this that we've pessimized the behavior
for qualified GUC names: the code is insisting that they be
double-quoted, which was not the case before. Fix that by treating
GUC names as verbatim matches instead of possibly-schema-qualified
names. (While it's tempting to try to split qualified GUC names
so that we *could* treat them with the schema-qualified-name code
path, that really isn't going to work in light of guc.c's willingness
to allow more than two name components.)
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/445692.1644018081@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 6a2a70a02 supposed that any platform having <sys/epoll.h>
would also have <sys/signalfd.h>. It turns out there are still a
few people using platforms where that's not so, so we'd better make
a separate configure probe for it. But since it took this long to
notice, I'm content with the decision to not have a separate code
path for epoll-only machines; we'll just fall back to using poll()
for these stragglers.
Per gripe from Gabriela Serventi. Back-patch to v14 where this
code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHOHWE-JjJDfcYuLAAEO7Jk07atFAU47z8TzHzg71gbC0aMy=g@mail.gmail.com
ReadStr returns allocated memory which the caller is responsible for
freeing when done with the string. This commit ensures that memory is
freed in one case which used ReadStr in a conditional. While the leak
might not be too concerning, this makes the code consistent across all
ReadStr callsites in ReadToc. Due to the lack of complaints of issues
in production from this, no backpatch is performed at this point.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy, Georgios Kokolatos
Reviewed-by: Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/oZwKiUxFsVaetG2xOJp7Hwao8F1AKIdfFDQLNJrnwoaxmjyB-45r_aYmhgXHKLcMI3GT24m9L6HafSi2ns7WFxXe0mw2_tIJpD-Z3vb_eyI=@pm.me
This script has existed for a long time, and attempting to run it today
causes a lot of false positives as an effect of GUCs added in the last
couple of years. An equivalent, automatically-run and cross-platform
solution is available in the TAP test introduced in b0a55f4. So, let it
go.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yf9YGSwPiMu0c7fP@paquier.xyz
src/backend/utils/misc/check_guc is a script that cross-checks the
consistency of the GUCs with postgresql.conf.sample, making sure that
its format is in line with what guc.c has. It has never been run
automatically, and has rotten over the years, creating a lot of false
positives as per a report from Justin Pryzby.
d10e41d has introduced a SQL function to publish the most relevant flags
associated to a GUC, with tests added in the main regression test suite
to make sure that we avoid most of the inconsistencies in the GUC
settings, based on recent reports, but there was nothing able to
cross-check postgresql.conf.sample with the contents of guc.c.
This commit adds a TAP test that covers the remaining gap. It emulates
the most relevant checks that check_guc does, so as any format mistakes
are detected in postgresql.conf.sample at development stage, with the
following checks:
- Check that parameters marked as NOT_IN_SAMPLE are not in the sample
file.
- Check that there are no dead entries in postgresql.conf.sample for
parameters not marked as NOT_IN_SAMPLE.
- Check that no parameters are missing from the sample file if listed in
guc.c without NOT_IN_SAMPLE.
The idea of building a list of the GUCs by parsing the sample file comes
from Justin, and he wrote the regex used in the patch to find all the
GUCs (this same formatting rule basically applies for the last 20~ years
or so). In order to test this patch, I have played with manual
modifications of postgresql.conf.sample and guc.c, making sure that we
detect problems with the GUC rules and the sample file format.
The test is located in src/test/modules/test_misc, which is the best
location I could think about for such sanity checks.
Reviewed-by: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yf9YGSwPiMu0c7fP@paquier.xyz
Recent versions of Devel::PPPort try to redefine eval_pv() to
dodge a bug in pre-5.31 Perl versions. Unfortunately the redefinition
fails on compilers that don't support statements nested within
expressions. However, we aren't actually interested in this bug fix,
since we always call eval_pv() with croak_on_error = FALSE.
So, until there's an upstream fix for this breakage, just comment
out the macro to revert to the older behavior.
Per report from Wei Sun, as well as previous buildfarm failure
on pademelon (which I'd unfortunately not looked at carefully
enough to understand the cause). Back-patch to all supported
versions, since we're using the same ppport.h in all.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/tencent_2EFCC8BA0107B6EC0F97179E019A8A43C806@qq.com
Report: https://buildfarm.postgresql.org/cgi-bin/show_log.pl?nm=pademelon&dt=2022-02-02%2001%3A22%3A58
Previously, it was really easy to write code that accessed MaxBackends
before we'd actually initialized it, especially when coding up an
extension. To make this less error-prune, introduce a new function
GetMaxBackends() which should be used to obtain the correct value.
This will ERROR if called too early. Demote the global variable to
a file-level static, so that nobody can peak at it directly.
Nathan Bossart. Idea by Andres Freund. Review by Greg Sabino Mullane,
by Michael Paquier (who had doubts about the approach), and by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20210802224204.bckcikl45uezv5e4@alap3.anarazel.de
Rename create_function_0 to create_function_c, and create_function_3
to create_function_sql, to establish their charters more clearly.
This should also reduce confusion versus our underscore-digit
convention for naming variant expected-files.
I separated this from the previous commit on the premise that keeping
the renaming distinct might make "git blame" tracking easier.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1114748.1640383217@sss.pgh.pa.us
The idea behind this patch is to make it possible to run individual
test scripts without running the entire core test suite. Making all
the scripts completely independent would involve a massive rewrite,
and would probably be worse for coverage of things like concurrent DDL.
So this patch just does what seems practical with limited changes.
The net effect is that any test script can be run after running
limited earlier dependencies:
* all scripts depend on test_setup
* many scripts depend on create_index
* other dependencies are few in number, and are documented in
the parallel_schedule file.
To accomplish this, I chose a small number of commonly-used tables
and moved their creation and filling into test_setup. Later scripts
are expected not to modify these tables' data contents, for fear of
affecting other scripts' results. Also, our former habit of declaring
all C functions in one place is now gone in favor of declaring them
where they're used, if that's just one script, or in test_setup if
necessary.
There's more that could be done to remove some of the remaining
inter-script dependencies, but significantly more-invasive changes
would be needed, and at least for now it doesn't seem worth it.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1114748.1640383217@sss.pgh.pa.us
The GiST sorted build currently chooses split points according to the only page
space utilization. That may lead to higher non-leaf keys overlap and, in turn,
slower search query answers.
This commit makes the sorted build use the opclass's picksplit method. Once
four pages at the level are accumulated, the picksplit method is applied until
each split partition fits the page. Some of our split algorithms could show
significant performance degradation while processing 4-times more data at once.
But those opclasses haven't received the sorted build support and shouldn't
receive it before their split algorithms are improved.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAHqSB9jqtS94e9%3D0vxqQX5dxQA89N95UKyz-%3DA7Y%2B_YJt%2BVW5A%40mail.gmail.com
Author: Aliaksandr Kalenik, Sergei Shoulbakov, Andrey Borodin
Reviewed-by: Björn Harrtell, Darafei Praliaskouski, Andres Freund
Reviewed-by: Alexander Korotkov
Most calls of rmtree() report an error, and the code coming from 38bfae3
has introduced one caller where this is not done. The previous behavior
was to not fail hard if any log file generated is not properly unlinked
when cleaning up the contents generated once the upgrade has completed,
so add a cast to (void) to indicate the intention behind this new code.
Per gripe from Coverity.
Historically, the location of any files generated by pg_upgrade, as of
the per-database logs and internal dumps, has been the current working
directory, leaving all those files behind when using --retain or on a
failure.
Putting all those contents in a targeted subdirectory makes the whole
easier to debug, and simplifies the code in charge of cleaning up the
logs. Note that another reason is that this facilitates the move of
pg_upgrade to TAP with a fixed location for all the logs to grab if the
test fails repeatedly.
Initially, we thought about being able to specify the output directory
with a new option, but we have settled on using a subdirectory located
at the root of the new cluster's data folder, "pg_upgrade_output.d",
instead, as at the end the new data directory is the location of all the
data generated by pg_upgrade. There is a take with group permissions
here though: if the new data folder has been initialized with this
option, we need to create all the files and paths with the correct
permissions or a base backup taken after a pg_upgrade --retain would
fail, meaning that GetDataDirectoryCreatePerm() has to be called before
creating the log paths, before a couple of sanity checks on the clusters
and before getting the socket directory for the cluster's host settings.
The idea of the new location is based on a suggestion from Peter
Eisentraut.
Also thanks to Andrew Dunstan, Peter Eisentraut, Daniel Gustafsson, Tom
Lane and Bruce Momjian for the discussion (in alphabetical order).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211212025017.GN17618@telsasoft.com
There are two Asserts in nodeMergejoin.c that are reachable if
the input data is not in the expected order. This seems way too
fragile. Alexander Lakhin reported a case where the assertions
could be triggered with misconfigured foreign-table partitions,
and bitter experience with unstable operating system collation
definitions suggests another easy route to hitting them. Neither
Assert is in a place where we can't afford one more test-and-branch,
so replace 'em with plain test-and-elog logic.
Per bug #17395. While the reported symptom is relatively recent,
collation changes could happen anytime, so back-patch to all
supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17395-8c326292078d1a57@postgresql.org
This function converts a byte position to a character position after
a successful string match. Rather than calling pg_mblen() in a loop,
use pg_mbstrlen_with_len() since the latter can inline its own call to
pg_mblen(). When the string match is at the end of the haystack text, this
change results in 10-20% performance improvement, depending on platform and
typical character length in bytes. This also simplifies the code a little.
Specializing for UTF-8 could result in further improvement, but the
performance gain was not found to be reliable between platforms. The modest
gain in this commit is stable between platforms and usable by all server
encodings.
Discussion:
https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/CAFBsxsH1Yutrmu+6LLHKK8iXY+vG--Do6zN+2900spHXQNNQKQ@mail.gmail.com
Tested with LLVM 11, LLVM 13 and LLVM's main branch at commit
8d8fce87bbd5. There are still some deprecation warnings that will need
to be sorted out, but this may be enough to turn "seawasp" green again.
Like commit e6a76002, done on master only for now.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKG%2B3Ac3He9_SpJcxeiiVknbcES1tbZEkH9sRBdJFGj8K5Q%40mail.gmail.com
Fix the following issues in pgoutput.c:
* rel_sync_cache_relation_cb does the wrong thing when called for a cache
flush (i.e., relid == 0). Instead of invalidating all RelationSyncCache
entries as it should, it does nothing.
* When rel_sync_cache_relation_cb does invalidate an entry, it immediately
zaps the entry->map structure, even though that might still be in use. We
instead just mark the entry as invalid and rebuild it at a later safe
point.
* Similarly, rel_sync_cache_publication_cb is way too eager to reset the
pubactions flags, which would likely lead to failing to transmit changes
that we should transmit. In this case also, we just mark the entry as
invalid and rebuild it at a later safe point.
Author: Tom Lane
Reviewed-by: Amit Kapila
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/885288.1641420714@sss.pgh.pa.us
Running a shell command for each file to be archived has a lot of
overhead and may not offer as much error checking as you want, or the
exact semantics that you want. So, offer the option to call a loadable
module for each file to be archived, rather than running a shell command.
Also, add a 'basic_archive' contrib module as an example implementation
that archives to a local directory.
Nathan Bossart, with a little bit of kibitzing by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/20220202224433.GA1036711@nathanxps13
Commit 8e2b6d45a0 added a new unprivileged user for testing
pg_basebackup, but omitted to add them to the cluster's authorized
logins, breaking Windows tests run without using Unix sockets.
The SQL standard has been ambiguous about whether null values in
unique constraints should be considered equal or not. Different
implementations have different behaviors. In the SQL:202x draft, this
has been formalized by making this implementation-defined and adding
an option on unique constraint definitions UNIQUE [ NULLS [NOT]
DISTINCT ] to choose a behavior explicitly.
This patch adds this option to PostgreSQL. The default behavior
remains UNIQUE NULLS DISTINCT. Making this happen in the btree code
is pretty easy; most of the patch is just to carry the flag around to
all the places that need it.
The CREATE UNIQUE INDEX syntax extension is not from the standard,
it's my own invention.
I named all the internal flags, catalog columns, etc. in the negative
("nulls not distinct") so that the default PostgreSQL behavior is the
default if the flag is false.
Reviewed-by: Maxim Orlov <orlovmg@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pavel Borisov <pashkin.elfe@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/84e5ee1b-387e-9a54-c326-9082674bde78@enterprisedb.com
We assume that direct-modify ForeignScan nodes cannot be re-evaluated
during EvalPlanQual processing, but the rework for inherited
UPDATE/DELETE in commit 86dc90056 changed things, without considering
that, so that such ForeignScan nodes get called as part of the
EvalPlanQual subtree during EvalPlanQual processing in the case of an
inherited UPDATE/DELETE where the inheritance set contains foreign
target relations. To avoid re-evaluating such ForeignScan nodes during
EvalPlanQual processing, commit c3928b467 modified nodeForeignscan.c,
but the assumption made there that ExecForeignScan() should never be
called for such ForeignScan nodes during EvalPlanQual processing turned
out to be wrong in some cases, leading to a segmentation fault or a
"cannot re-evaluate a Foreign Update or Delete during EvalPlanQual"
error.
Fix by modifying nodeForeignscan.c further to avoid re-evaluating such
ForeignScan nodes even in ExecForeignScan()/ExecReScanForeignScan()
during EvalPlanQual processing. Since this makes non-reachable the
test-and-elog added to ForeignNext() by commit c3928b467 that produced
the aforesaid error, convert the test-and-elog to an Assert.
Per bug #17355 from Alexander Lakhin. Back-patch to v14 where both
commits came in.
Patch by me, reviewed and tested by Alexander Lakhin and Amit Langote.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17355-de8e362eb7001a96@postgresql.org
The comment for PGAC_READLINE_VARIABLES says "Readline versions < 2.1
don't have rl_completion_append_character". It seems certain that such
versions are extinct in the wild, though; for sure there are none in the
buildfarm. Libedit has had this variable for at least twenty years too.
Also, tab-complete.c's behavior without it is quite unfriendly, since
we'll emit a space even when completion fails; but we've had no
complaints about that.
Therefore, let's assume this variable is always there, and drop the
configure check to save a few build cycles.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/147685.1643858911@sss.pgh.pa.us
startup_hacks() called SetErrorMode() with the SEM_NOGPFAULTERRORBOX argument
to prevent GUI popups on error. While that likely was sufficient at some
point, there are other sources of error popups.
At the same time SEM_NOGPFAULTERRORBOX unfortunately also prevents
"just-in-time debuggers" from working reliably, i.e. the ability to attach to
a process on crash. This prevents collecting crash dumps as part of CI.
The error popups are particularly problematic when they occur during automated
testing, as they can cause the tests to hang, waiting for a button to be
clicked.
This commit improves the error handling setup in startup_hacks() to address
those problems. SEM_NOGPFAULTERRORBOX is not used anymore, instead various
other APIs are used to disable popups and to redirect output to stderr where
possible.
While this improves the situation for postgres.exe, it doesn't address similar
issues in all the other executables. There currently is no codepath that's
called early on for all frontend programs.
I've tested that this prevents GUI popups and allows JIT debugging in case of
crashes due to:
- abort()
- assert()
- C runtime errors
- unhandled exceptions
both in debug and non-debug mode, on Win10 with MSVC 2019 and with MinGW.
Now that crash reports are generated on windows, collect them in windows CI.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211005193033.tg4pqswgvu3hcolm@alap3.anarazel.de
Fix up recently-added test cases in 010_tab_completion.pl
so that they pass with the rather seriously broken libedit
found in Debian 10 (Buster).
Also, add a few more test cases to improve code coverage.
The total line coverage still looks pretty awful, because
we exercise only a few paths of the giant if-else chain in
psql_completion(). However, this now covers almost all of
the code that isn't in one of those if-blocks.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/960764.1643751011@sss.pgh.pa.us
When this code executed as superuser it appeared to work because no
system catalog lookups happened, but otherwise it crashes because there
is no transaction environment. Fix that.
Report and code change by me. Test case by Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmobiKLXne-2AVzYyWRiO8=rChBQ=7ywoxp=2SmcFw=oDDw@mail.gmail.com
Some cleanup for commit 54637508f8:
Reformat pg_database.dat to reflect the new field order. Also update
the corresponding example in bki.sgml. Reorder the way the fields are
filled in dbcommands.c to correspond to the new order.
To avoid "ERROR: canceling statement due to conflict with recovery",
as seen on a couple of slower build farm animals, crank
max_standby_streaming_delay right up.
In passing, adjust a configuration option that accidentally used a
non-standard format (not a problem, but needlessly inconsistent).
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGK65xVqNgsSPyrr2LEwtfUN%3DGfEuQ868hTC-mu0bFG42A%40mail.gmail.com
When completing keywords that are offered alongside names obtained
from a query, preserve the user's choice of keyword case. This
would have been messy to do before 02b8048ba, but now it's fairly
simple. A complication is that we want keywords to be shown in
upper case in any tab-completion menus that include both keywords
and non-keywords, so we can't switch their case until enough has
been typed that only keyword(s) remain to be chosen.
Also, adjust some places where 02b8048ba thoughtlessly held over
a previous choice to display keywords in lower case. (I think
I got confused as to whether those words were keywords or variable
names, but they're the former.)
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8735l41ynm.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
Given the existing stipulation that path_contains_parent_reference()
must only be invoked on canonicalized paths, we can simplify things
in the wake of commit c10f830c5. It is now only possible to see
".." at the start of a relative path. That means we can simplify
path_contains_parent_reference() itself quite a bit, and it makes
the two existing outside call sites dead code, since they'd already
checked that the path is absolute.
We could now fold path_contains_parent_reference() into its only
remaining caller path_is_relative_and_below_cwd(). But it seems
better to leave it as a separately callable function, in case any
extensions are using it.
Also document the pre-existing requirement for
path_is_relative_and_below_cwd's input to be likewise canonicalized.
Shenhao Wang and Tom Lane
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB4214FA221FFE046F11F2AD74F2D49@OSBPR01MB4214.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
Teach canonicalize_path() how to strip all unnecessary uses of "."
and "..", replacing the previous ad-hoc code that got rid of only
some such cases. In particular, we can always remove all such
uses from absolute paths.
The proximate reason to do this is that Windows rejects paths
involving ".." in some cases (in particular, you can't put one in a
symlink), so we ought to be sure we don't use ".." unnecessarily.
Moreover, it seems like good cleanup on general principles.
There is other path-munging code that could be simplified now, but
we'll leave that for followup work.
It is tempting to call this a bug fix and back-patch it. On the other
hand, the misbehavior can only be reached if a highly privileged user
does something dubious, so it's not unreasonable to say "so don't do
that". And this patch could result in unexpected behavioral changes,
in case anybody was expecting uses of ".." to stay put. So at least
for now, just put it in HEAD.
Shenhao Wang, editorialized a bit by me
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OSBPR01MB4214FA221FFE046F11F2AD74F2D49@OSBPR01MB4214.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
For older versions we need our own copy of perl's setlocale(), because it was
not exposed (why we need the setlocale in the first place is explained in
plperl_init_interp) . The copy stopped working in 5.28, as some of the used
macros are not public anymore. But Perl_setlocale is available in 5.28, so
use that.
Author: Victor Wagner <vitus@wagner.pp.ru>
Reviewed-By: Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker <ilmari@ilmari.org>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20200501134711.08750c5f@antares.wagner.home
Backpatch: all versions
The most meaningful flags are shown, which are the ones useful for the
user and for automating and extending the set of tests supported
currently by check_guc.
This script may actually be removed in the future, but we are not
completely sure yet if and how we want to support the remaining sanity
checks performed there, that are now integrated in the main regression
test suite as of this commit.
Thanks also to Peter Eisentraut and Kyotaro Horiguchi for the
discussion.
Bump catalog version.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211129030833.GJ17618@telsasoft.com
This patch improves tab completion's ability to deal with
valid variant spellings of SQL identifiers. Notably:
* Unquoted upper-case identifiers are now downcased as the backend
would do, allowing them to be completed correctly.
* Tab completion can now match identifiers that are quoted even
though they don't need to be; for example "f<TAB> now completes
to "foo" if that's the only available name. Previously, only
names that require quotes would be offered.
* Schema-qualified identifiers are now supported where SQL syntax
allows it; many lesser-used completion rules neglected this.
* Completion operations that refer back to some previously-typed
name (for example, to complete names of columns belonging to a
previously-mentioned table) now allow variant spellings of the
previous name too.
In addition, performance of tab completion queries has been
improved for databases containing many objects, although
you'd only be likely to notice with a heavily-loaded server.
Authors of future tab-completion patches should note that this
commit changes many details about how tab completion queries
must be written:
* Tab completion queries now deal in raw object names; do not
use quote_ident().
* The name-matching restriction in a query must now be written
as "outputcol LIKE '%s'", not "substring(outputcol,1,%d)='%s'".
* The SchemaQuery mechanism has been extended so that it can
handle queries that refer back to a previous name. Most completion
queries that do that should be converted to SchemaQuery form.
Only consider using a literal query if the previous name can
never be schema-qualified. Don't use a literal query if the
name-to-be-completed can validly be schema-qualified, either.
* Use set_completion_reference() to specify which word is the previous
name to consider, for either a SchemaQuery or a literal query.
* If you want to offer some keywords in addition to a query result
(for example, offer COLUMN in addition to column names after
"ALTER TABLE t RENAME"), do not use the old hack of tacking the
keywords on with UNION. Instead use the new QUERY_PLUS macros
to write such keywords separately from the query proper. The
"addon" macro arguments that used to be used for this purpose
are gone.
* If your query returns something that's not a SQL identifier
(such as an attribute number or enum label), use the new
QUERY_VERBATIM macros to prevent the result from incorrectly
getting double-quoted. You may still need to use quote_literal
in such a query, too.
Tom Lane and Haiying Tang
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/a63cbd45e3884cf9b3961c2a6a95dcb7@G08CNEXMBPEKD05.g08.fujitsu.local
xlog.h is directly and indirectly #included in a lot of places. With
this change, xloginsert.h is no longer unnecessarily included in the
large number of them that don't need it.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy <bharath.rupireddyforpostgres@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACVe-W+WM5P44N7eG9C2_FmaeM8Dq5aCnD3fHt0Ba=WR6w@mail.gmail.com
Although select_common_type() has a failure-return convention, an
apparent successful return just provides a type OID that *might* work
as a common supertype; we've not validated that the required casts
actually exist. In the mainstream use-cases that doesn't matter,
because we'll proceed to invoke coerce_to_common_type() on each input,
which will fail appropriately if the proposed common type doesn't
actually work. However, a few callers didn't read the (nonexistent)
fine print, and thought that if they got back a nonzero OID then the
coercions were sure to work.
This affects in particular the recently-added "anycompatible"
polymorphic types; we might think that a function/operator using
such types matches cases it really doesn't. A likely end result
of that is unexpected "ambiguous operator" errors, as for example
in bug #17387 from James Inform. Another, much older, case is that
the parser might try to transform an "x IN (list)" construct to
a ScalarArrayOpExpr even when the list elements don't actually have
a common supertype.
It doesn't seem desirable to add more checking to select_common_type
itself, as that'd just slow down the mainstream use-cases. Instead,
write a separate function verify_common_type that performs the
missing checks, and add a call to that where necessary. Likewise add
verify_common_type_from_oids to go with select_common_type_from_oids.
Back-patch to v13 where the "anycompatible" types came in. (The
symptom complained of in bug #17387 doesn't appear till v14, but
that's just because we didn't get around to converting || to use
anycompatible till then.) In principle the "x IN (list)" fix could
go back all the way, but I'm not currently convinced that it makes
much difference in real-world cases, so I won't bother for now.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17387-5dfe54b988444963@postgresql.org
Since 6bc8ef0b, InitializeMaxBackends() has used max_worker_processes
instead of adapting MaxBackends to the number of background workers
registered by modules loaded in shared_preload_libraries (at this time,
bgworkers were only static, but gained dynamic capabilities as a matter
of supporting parallel queries meaning that a control cap was
necessary).
Some comments referred to the past registration logic, making them
confusing and incorrect, so fix these.
Some of the out-of-core modules that could be loaded in this path
sometimes like to manipulate dynamically some of the resource-related
GUCs for their own needs, this commit adds a note about that.
Author: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220127181815.GA551692@nathanxps13
c532d15 has split the logic of COPY commands into multiple files, one
change being to move the internals of BeginCopy() to BeginCopyTo().
Originally the code was written so as we'd switch back-and-forth between
the current execution memory context and the dedicated memory context
for the COPY command, and this refactoring has introduced an extra
switch to the current memory context from the COPY context once
BeginCopyTo() is done with the past logic coming from BeginCopy().
The code was correctly doing the analyze, rewrite and planning phases in
the COPY context, but it was not assigning "copy_file" (FILE* used when
copying to a source file) and "filename" in the COPY context, making the
COPY status data inconsistent.
Author: Bharath Rupireddy
Reviewed-by: Japin Li
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CALj2ACWvVa69foi9jhHFY=2BuHxAoYboyE+vXQTARwxZcJnVrQ@mail.gmail.com
Backpatch-through: 14
I had made it depend on superuser, but that seems clearly inferior.
Also document the permissions requirement in the straming replication
protocol section of the documentation, rather than only in the
section having to do with pg_basebackup.
Idea and patch from Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/87bkzw160u.fsf@wibble.ilmari.org
Tushar Ahuja discovered that if you use both --compress and --gzip,
or --compress multiple times, the last instance of one of these
options doesn't in all cases overwrite the compression level set by
an earlier option. That's not a serious bug, but it also has nothing
to recommend it. Repair.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoZfP=rsZB_9vDGfhuNgSu_M_09UWu8SjvsP65y_1pQFCg@mail.gmail.com
I intended to include a change to the "skip" count in the test
case, but it didn't get folded into the commit. Do that now,
so that non-zlib builds don't break.
The new file bbstreamer_gzip.c needs <unistd.h> to avoid
complaints about dup() not having a prototype, as per buildfarm
returns.
If you have a low-bandwidth connection between the client and the
server, it's reasonable to want to compress on the server side but
then decompress and extract the backup on the client side. This
commit allows you do to do just that.
Dipesh Pandit, with minor and mostly cosmetic changes by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAN1g5_HiSh8ajUMd4ePtGyCXo89iKZTzaNyzP_qv1eJbi4YHXA@mail.gmail.com
When pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() is executed, the target backend
should use LOG_SERVER_ONLY to log its memory contexts, to prevent them
from being sent to its connected client regardless of client_min_messages.
But previously the backend unexpectedly used LOG to log the message
"logging memory contexts of PID %d" and it could be sent to the client.
This is a bug in memory context logging.
To fix the bug, this commit changes that message so that it's logged with
LOG_SERVER_ONLY.
Back-patch to v14 where pg_log_backend_memory_contexts() was added.
Author: Fujii Masao
Reviewed-by: Bharath Rupireddy, Atsushi Torikoshi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/82c12f36-86f7-5e72-79af-7f5c37f6cad7@oss.nttdata.com
The invocation of pg_regress in 027_stream_regress.pl didn't specify the
host. It ends up working on most systems because of connection
defaults. However, on windows it makes the test very slow unless
PG_TEST_USE_UNIX_SOCKETS is used.
The problem is that windows resolves "localhost" to ::0, 127.0.0.1, the server
started only listens on 127.0.0.1. On windows refused TCP connections are
internally retried a few times, with back-off between tries, taking at least 2
seconds.
Noticed while investigating a complaint about the test's slow speed by Andrew
Dunstan.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220127220351.kyp3bdaukfytmoqx@alap3.anarazel.de
Commit 8431e296ea reworked ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo to sort XIDs
before adding them to KnownAssignedXids. But the XIDs are sorted using
xidComparator, which compares the XIDs simply as uint32 values, not
logically. KnownAssignedXidsAdd() however expects XIDs in logical order,
and calls TransactionIdFollowsOrEquals() to enforce that. If there are
XIDs for which the two orderings disagree, an error is raised and the
recovery fails/restarts.
Hitting this issue is fairly easy - you just need two transactions, one
started before the 4B limit (e.g. XID 4294967290), the other sometime
after it (e.g. XID 1000). Logically (4294967290 <= 1000) but when
compared using xidComparator we try to add them in the opposite order.
Which makes KnownAssignedXidsAdd() fail with an error like this:
ERROR: out-of-order XID insertion in KnownAssignedXids
This only happens during replica startup, while processing RUNNING_XACTS
records to build the snapshot. Once we reach STANDBY_SNAPSHOT_READY, we
skip these records. So this does not affect already running replicas,
but if you restart (or create) a replica while there are transactions
with XIDs for which the two orderings disagree, you may hit this.
Long-running transactions and frequent replica restarts increase the
likelihood of hitting this issue. Once the replica gets into this state,
it can't be started (even if the old transactions are terminated).
Fixed by sorting the XIDs logically - this is fine because we're dealing
with normal XIDs (because it's XIDs assigned to backends) and from the
same wraparound epoch (otherwise the backends could not be running at
the same time on the primary node). So there are no problems with the
triangle inequality, which is why xidComparator compares raw values.
Investigation and root cause analysis by Abhijit Menon-Sen. Patch by me.
This issue is present in all releases since 9.4, however releases up to
9.6 are EOL already so backpatch to 10 only.
Reviewed-by: Abhijit Menon-Sen
Reviewed-by: Alvaro Herrera
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/36b8a501-5d73-277c-4972-f58a4dce088a%40enterprisedb.com
The server expects the compression level to be between 1 and 9, but
Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION is -1, so we must not try to send that value
to the server.
Because pg_basebackup's -R option is implemented on the client side,
it can't be used in combination with a backup target. Error out if
someone tries that, instead of silently ignoring the option.
Both issues were reported by Tushar Ahuja; patch by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaMwgdx8HxBjF8hmbohVvPL_0H5LqNrSq0uU+7BKp_Q2A@mail.gmail.com
Perl instances on some msys toolchains (e.g. UCRT64) have their
configured osname set to 'MSWin32' rather than 'msys'. The test for
the msys2 platform is adjusted accordingly.
Backpatch to release 14.
This changes the data type of the catalog fields datcollate, datctype,
collcollate, and collctype from name to text. There wasn't ever a
really good reason for them to be of type name; presumably this was
just carried over from when they were fixed-size fields in pg_control,
first into the corresponding pg_database fields, and then to
pg_collation. The values are not identifiers or object names, and we
don't ever look them up that way.
Changing to type text saves space in the typical case, since locale
names are typically only a few bytes long. But it is also possible
that an ICU locale name with several customization options appended
could be longer than 63 bytes, so this also enables that case, which
was previously probably broken.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/5e756dd6-0e91-d778-96fd-b1bcb06c161a@2ndquadrant.com
For authentication method cert, clientcert=verify-full is implied. But
the pg_hba_file_rules entry would incorrectly show clientcert=verify-ca.
Per bug #17354
Reported-By: Feike Steenbergen
Reviewed-By: Jonathan Katz
Backpatch-through: 12
Commit 0ad8032910 failed to update
the pg_basebackup documentation to mention that "client-" or
"server-" can now be prepended to the compression method name. Fix
it there, and also in the --help output that you get from running
the binary.
Also in the documentation, there's an old issue that the arguments to
--checkpoint shouldn't be marked as parameters, because "fast" and
"spread" are literal strings. Fix that too.
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker, partly as per a report from
Shinoda Noriyoshi.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/PH7PR84MB1885C1CF433057807551172BEE5F9@PH7PR84MB1885.NAMPRD84.PROD.OUTLOOK.COM
8edd0e794 added some code to remove Append and MergeAppend nodes when they
contained a single child node. As it turned out, this was unsafe to do
when the Append/MergeAppend was parallel_aware and the child node was not.
Removing the Append/MergeAppend, in this case, could lead to the child plan
being called multiple times by parallel workers when it was unsafe to do
so.
Here we fix this by just not removing the Append/MergeAppend when the
parallel_aware flag of the parent and child node don't match.
Reported-by: Yura Sokolov
Bug: #17335
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/b59605fecb20ba9ea94e70ab60098c237c870628.camel%40postgrespro.ru
Backpatch-through: 12, where 8edd0e794 was first introduced
WAL replay would cause a hard crash if the timeline expected by a
XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY, a XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE, or a
XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record is not the same as the timeline being
replayed, using the same error message for all three of them. This
commit changes those error messages to use different wordings, adapted
to each record type, which is useful when it comes to the debugging of
an issue in this area.
Author: Amul Sul
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Robert Haas
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAAJ_b97i1ZerYC_xW6o_AiDSW5n+sGi8k91Yc8KS8bKWKxjqwQ@mail.gmail.com
This fixes a set of issues that have accumulated over the past months
(or years) in various code areas. Most fixes are related to some recent
additions, as of the development of v15.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220124030001.GQ23027@telsasoft.com
In logical replication mode, a WalSender is supposed to be able
to execute any regular SQL command, as well as the special
replication commands. Poor design of the replication-command
parser caused it to fail in various cases, notably:
* semicolons embedded in a command, or multiple SQL commands
sent in a single message;
* dollar-quoted literals containing odd numbers of single
or double quote marks;
* commands starting with a comment.
The basic problem here is that we're trying to run repl_scanner.l
across the entire input string even when it's not a replication
command. Since repl_scanner.l does not understand all of the
token types known to the core lexer, this is doomed to have
failure modes.
We certainly don't want to make repl_scanner.l as big as scan.l,
so instead rejigger stuff so that we only lex the first token of
a non-replication command. That will usually look like an IDENT
to repl_scanner.l, though a comment would end up getting reported
as a '-' or '/' single-character token. If the token is a replication
command keyword, we push it back and proceed normally with repl_gram.y
parsing. Otherwise, we can drop out of exec_replication_command()
without examining the rest of the string.
(It's still theoretically possible for repl_scanner.l to fail on
the first token; but that could only happen if it's an unterminated
single- or double-quoted string, in which case you'd have gotten
largely the same error from the core lexer too.)
In this way, repl_gram.y isn't involved at all in handling general
SQL commands, so we can get rid of the SQLCmd node type. (In
the back branches, we can't remove it because renumbering enum
NodeTag would be an ABI break; so just leave it sit there unused.)
I failed to resist the temptation to clean up some other sloppy
coding in repl_scanner.l while at it. The only externally-visible
behavior change from that is it now accepts \r and \f as whitespace,
same as the core lexer.
Per bug #17379 from Greg Rychlewski. Back-patch to all supported
branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17379-6a5c6cfb3f1f5e77@postgresql.org
pg_basebackup's --compression option now lets you write either
"client-gzip" or "server-gzip" instead of just "gzip" to specify
where the compression should be performed. If you write simply
"gzip" it's taken to mean "client-gzip" unless you also use
--target, in which case it is interpreted to mean "server-gzip",
because that's the only thing that makes any sense in that case.
To make this work, the BASE_BACKUP command now takes new
COMPRESSION and COMPRESSION_LEVEL options.
At present, pg_basebackup cannot decompress .gz files, so
server-side compression will cause a failure if (1) -Ft is not
used or (2) -R is used or (3) -D- is used without --no-manifest.
Along the way, I removed the information message added by commit
5c649fe153 which occurred if you
specified no compression level and told you that the default level
had been used instead. That seemed like more output than most
people would want.
Also along the way, this adds a check to the server for
unrecognized base backup options. This repairs a bug introduced
by commit 0ba281cb4b.
This commit also adds some new test cases for pg_verifybackup.
They take a server-side backup with and without compression, and
then extract the backup if we have the OS facilities available
to do so, and then run pg_verifybackup on the extracted
directory. That is a good test of the functionality added by
this commit and also improves test coverage for the backup target
patch (commit 3500ccc39b) and for
pg_verifybackup itself.
Patch by me, with a bug fix by Jeevan Ladhe. The patch set of which
this is a part has also had review and/or testing from Tushar Ahuja,
Suraj Kharage, Dipesh Pandit, and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+Tgmoa-ST7fMLsVJduOB7Eub=2WjfpHS+QxHVEpUoinf4bOSg@mail.gmail.com
Commit 9a974cbcba arranged to preserve
relfilenodes and tablespace OIDs. For similar reasons, also arrange
to preserve database OIDs.
One problem is that, up until now, the OIDs assigned to the template0
and postgres databases have not been fixed. This could be a problem
when upgrading, because pg_upgrade might try to migrate a database
from the old cluster to the new cluster while keeping the OID and find
a different database with that OID, resulting in a failure. If it finds
a database with the same name and the same OID that's OK: it will be
dropped and recreated. But the same OID and a different name is a
problem.
To prevent that, fix the OIDs for postgres and template0 to specific
values less than 16384. To avoid running afoul of this rule, these
values should not be changed in future releases. It's not a problem
that these OIDs aren't fixed in existing releases, because the OIDs
that we're assigning here weren't used for either of these databases
in any previous release. Thus, there's no chance that an upgrade of
a cluster from any previous release will collide with the OIDs we're
assigning here. And going forward, the OIDs will always be fixed, so
the only potential collision is with a system database having the
same name and the same OID, which is OK.
This patch lets users assign a specific OID to a database as well,
provided however that it can't be less than 16384. I (rhaas) thought
it might be better not to expose this capability to users, but the
consensus was otherwise, so the syntax is documented. Letting users
assign OIDs below 16384 would not be OK, though, because a
user-created database with a low-numbered OID might collide with a
system-created database in a future release. We therefore prohibit
that.
Shruthi KC, based on an earlier patch from Antonin Houska, reviewed
and with some adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYgTwYcUmB=e8+hRHOFA0kkS6Kde85+UNdon6q7bt1niQ@mail.gmail.com
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAASxf_Mnwm1Dh2vd5FAhVX6S1nwNSZUB1z12VddYtM++H2+p7w@mail.gmail.com
Without this, we get odd behavior when the previous cycle of
lexing exited in a non-default exclusive state. Every other
copy of this code is aware that it has to do BEGIN(INITIAL),
but repl_scanner.l did not get that memo.
The real-world impact of this is probably limited, since most
replication clients would abandon their connection after getting
a syntax error. Still, it's a bug.
This mistake is old, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1874781.1643035952@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 6df7a9698 wrote appendPQExpBuffer where it should have
written printfPQExpBuffer. This resulted in re-issuing the
previous query along with the desired one, which very accidentally
had no negative consequences except for some wasted cycles.
Back-patch to v14 where that came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1714711.1642962663@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 5c649fe15 introduced a memory leak into pg_basebackup's
parse_compress_options. (I simplified nearby code while at it.)
Commit 9a974cbcb introduced a memory leak into pg_dump's
binary_upgrade_set_pg_class_oids.
Coverity also complained about a call of SnapBuildProcessChange that
ignored the result, unlike every other call of that function. This
is evidently intentional, so add a (void) cast to indicate that.
(It's also old, dating to b89e15105; I suppose the reason it showed
up now is 7a5f6b474's recent rearrangement of nearby code.)
In the normal configuration where GEQO_DEBUG isn't defined,
recent clang versions have started to complain that geqo_main.c
accumulates the edge_failures count but never does anything
with it. As a minimal back-patchable fix, insert a void cast
to silence this warning. (I'd speculated about ripping out the
GEQO_DEBUG logic altogether, but I don't think we'd wish to
back-patch that.)
Per recently-established project policy, this is a candidate
for back-patching into out-of-support branches: it suppresses
an annoying compiler warning but changes no behavior. Hence,
back-patch all the way to 9.2.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGLTSZQwES8VNPmWO9AO0wSeLt36OCPDAZTccT1h7Q7kTQ@mail.gmail.com
In sort_inner_and_outer we iterate a list of PathKey elements, but the
variable is declared as (List *). This mistake is benign, because we
only pass the pointer to lcons() and never dereference it.
This exists since ~2004, but it's confusing. So fix and backpatch to all
supported branches.
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/bf3a6ea1-a7d8-7211-0669-189d5c169374%40enterprisedb.com
The syscache lookup may return NULL even for valid OID, for example due
to a concurrent DROP STATISTICS, so a HeapTupleIsValid is necessary.
Without it, it may fail with a segfault.
Reported by Alexander Lakhin, patch by me. Backpatch to 13, where ALTER
STATISTICS ... SET STATISTICS was introduced.
Backpatch-through: 13
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17372-bf3b6e947e35ae77%40postgresql.org
Putting "inline" on a function that's not used anywhere in its
own file is useless unless the linker is doing global optimization,
a method we don't generally enable. Moreover, it draws warnings
from some buildfarm members (curculio at least).
Looks like this was sloppiness in cc8b25712, which moved the
function from somewhere else where the inline marker was
more appropriate.
Previously, unless we had to add a NOT NULL constraint to the column,
this command resulted in updating only the index's relcache entry.
That's problematic when replication behavior is being driven off the
existence of a primary key: other sessions (and ours too for that
matter) failed to recalculate their opinion of whether the table can
be replicated. Add a relcache invalidation to fix it.
This has been broken since pg_class.relhaspkey was removed in v11.
Before that, updating the table's relhaspkey value sufficed to cause
a cache flush. Hence, backpatch to v11.
Report and patch by Hou Zhijie
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/OS0PR01MB5716EBE01F112C62F8F9B786947B9@OS0PR01MB5716.jpnprd01.prod.outlook.com
In libpq and ecpglib, multiple threads can concurrently enter the
initialization logic for message localization. Since we set the
its-done flag before actually doing the work, it'd be possible
for some threads to reach gettext() before anyone has called
bindtextdomain(). Barring bugs in libintl itself, this would not
result in anything worse than failure to localize some early
messages. Nonetheless, it's a bug, and an easy one to fix.
Noted while investigating bug #17299 from Clemens Zeidler
(much thanks to Liam Bowen for followup investigation on that).
It currently appears that that actually *is* a bug in libintl itself,
but that doesn't let us off the hook for this bit.
Back-patch to all supported versions.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17299-7270741958c0b1ab@postgresql.org
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAE7q7Eit4Eq2=bxce=Fm8HAStECjaXUE=WBQc-sDDcgJQ7s7eg@mail.gmail.com
While individual logical rewrite files were synced to disk, the directory was
not. On some filesystems that could lead to loosing directory entries after a
crash.
Reported-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Author: Nathan Bossart <bossartn@amazon.com>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/867F2E29-2782-4869-970E-B984C6D35A8F@amazon.com
Backpatch: 10-
The logic in charge of writing commit timestamps (enabled with
track_commit_timestamp) for subtransactions had a one-bug bug,
where it would be possible that commit timestamps go missing for the
last subtransaction committed.
While on it, simplify a bit the iteration logic in the loop writing the
commit timestamps, as per suggestions from Kyotaro Horiguchi and Tom
Lane, so as some variable initializations are not part of the loop
itself.
Issue introduced in 73c986a.
Analyzed-by: Alex Kingsborough
Author: Alex Kingsborough, Kyotaro Horiguchi
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/73A66172-4050-4F2A-B7F1-13508EDA2144@amazon.com
Backpatch-through: 10
The option --compress is extended to accept a compression method and an
optional compression level, as of the grammar METHOD[:LEVEL]. The
methods currently support are "none" and "gzip", for client-side
compression. Any of those methods use only an integer value for the
compression level, but any method implemented in the future could use
more specific keywords if necessary.
This commit keeps the logic backward-compatible. Hence, the following
compatibility rules apply for the new format of the option --compress:
* -z/--gzip is a synonym of --compress=gzip.
* --compress=NUM implies:
** --compress=none if NUM = 0.
** --compress=gzip:NUM if NUM > 0.
Note that there are also plans to extend more this grammar with
server-side compression.
Reviewed-by: Robert Haas, Magnus Hagander, Álvaro Herrera, David
G. Johnston, Georgios Kokolatos
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yb3GEgWwcu4wZDuA@paquier.xyz
Commits 6c4a8903b et al. had a couple of deficiencies:
* The logic I added to Cluster::start to see if a PID file is present
could be fooled by a stale PID file left over from a previous
postmaster. To fix, if we're not sure whether we expect to find a
running postmaster or not, validate the PID using "kill 0".
* 017_shm.pl has a loop in which it just issues repeated Cluster::start
calls; this will fail if some invocation fails but leaves self->_pid
set. Per buildfarm results, the above fix is not enough to make this
safe: we might have "validated" a PID for a postmaster that exits
immediately after we look. Hence, match each failed start call with
a stop call that will get us back to the self->_pid == undef state.
Add a fail_ok option to Cluster::stop to make this work.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA+hUKGKV6fOHvfiPt8=dOKzvswjAyLoFoJF1iQXMNpi7+hD1JQ@mail.gmail.com
pg_basebackup now has a --target=TARGET[:DETAIL] option. If specfied,
it is sent to the server as the value of the TARGET option to the
BASE_BACKUP command. If DETAIL is included, it is sent as the value of
the new TARGET_DETAIL option to the BASE_BACKUP command. If the
target is anything other than 'client', pg_basebackup assumes that it
will now be the server's job to write the backup in a location somehow
defined by the target, and that it therefore needs to write nothing
locally. However, the server will still send messages to the client
for progress reporting purposes.
On the server side, we now support two additional types of backup
targets. There is a 'blackhole' target, which just throws away the
backup data without doing anything at all with it. Naturally, this
should only be used for testing and debugging purposes, since you will
not actually have a backup when it finishes running. More usefully,
there is also a 'server' target, so you can now use something like
'pg_basebackup -Xnone -t server:/SOME/PATH' to write a backup to some
location on the server. We can extend this to more types of targets
in the future, and might even want to create an extensibility
mechanism for adding new target types.
Since WAL fetching is handled with separate client-side logic, it's
not part of this mechanism; thus, backups with non-default targets
must use -Xnone or -Xfetch.
Patch by me, with a bug fix by Jeevan Ladhe. The patch set of which
this is a part has also had review and/or testing from Tushar Ahuja,
Suraj Kharage, Dipesh Pandit, and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaYZbz0=Yk797aOJwkGJC-LK3iXn+wzzMx7KdwNpZhS5g@mail.gmail.com
Since the test requires reproducible behavior from VACUUM, and since
DISABLE_PAGE_SKIPPING doesn't actually disable all forms of page
skipping, let's use a temporary table to avoid contention.
Back-patch to 12, like commit 3414099c.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220120052404.sonrhq3f3qgplpzj%40alap3.anarazel.de
Previously, callers of pg_newlocale_from_collation() did not call it
if the collation was DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID and instead proceeded with
a pg_locale_t of 0. Instead, now we call it anyway and have it return
0 if the default collation was passed. It already did this, so we
just have to adjust the callers. This simplifies all the call sites
and also makes future enhancements easier.
After discussion and testing, the previous comment in pg_locale.c
about avoiding this for performance reasons may have been mistaken
since it was testing a very different patch version way back when.
Reviewed-by: Julien Rouhaud <rjuju123@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/ed3baa81-7fac-7788-cc12-41e3f7917e34@enterprisedb.com
Its results vary depending on the IntervalStyle GUC, so it cannot
be considered immutable.
This is an extremely ancient bug. AFAICT it was a sloppy mistake
in 6f58115dd, which marked it "cacheable" alongside marking several
other interval functions that way. At the time, interval_out()
depended on DateStyle not IntervalStyle, but it was still wrong.
Back-patching this change doesn't look very practical, so I won't.
Aside from the usual difficulties of getting catalog changes
applied to existing databases, people might have indexes,
generated columns, etc that depend on interval-to-text casts
being considered immutable. (This'd not really give them any
problem as long as they never change IntervalStyle.) They
wouldn't appreciate us breaking such usage in minor releases.
Per bug #17371 from Marcus Gartner.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17371-8f57e6e9ca5e35bf@postgresql.org
"pg_ctl start" might start a new postmaster and then return failure
anyway, for example if PGCTLTIMEOUT is exceeded. If there is a
postmaster there, it's still incumbent on us to shut it down at
script end, so check for the PID file even though we are about
to fail.
This has been broken all along, so back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/647439.1642622744@sss.pgh.pa.us
In adverse circumstances, the fsync calls cause this test to run for
quite a long time (multiple minutes) and even suffer timeout failures.
This seems to date from before we made an effort to disable fsync in
all our test cases; there's not a lot of point in using it if there's
not a plan to force an O/S crash during the test.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/440239.1642560607@sss.pgh.pa.us
bbsink_copystream wants to store a type byte just before the buffer,
but basebackup.c wants the buffer to be aligned so that it can call
PageIsNew() and PageGetLSN() on it. Therefore, instead of inserting
1 extra byte before the buffer, insert MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF extra bytes
and only use the last one.
On most machines this doesn't cause any problem (except perhaps for
performance) but some buildfarm machines with -fsanitize=alignment
dump core.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYx5=1A2K9JYV-9zdhyokU4KKTyNQ9q7CiXrX=YBBMWVw@mail.gmail.com
If connectivity to the server has been lost or become flaky, the
user might well try to send a query cancel. It's highly annoying
if PQcancel hangs up in such a case, but that's exactly what's likely
to happen. To ameliorate this problem, apply the PGconn's
tcp_user_timeout and keepalives settings to the TCP connection used
to send the cancel. This should be safe on Unix machines, since POSIX
specifies that setsockopt() is async-signal-safe. We are guessing
that WSAIoctl(SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS) is similarly safe on Windows.
(Note that at least in psql and our other frontend programs, there's
no safety issue involved anyway, since we run PQcancel in its own
thread rather than in a signal handler.)
Most of the value here comes from the expectation that tcp_user_timeout
will be applied as a connection timeout. That appears to happen on
Linux, even though its tcp(7) man page claims differently. The
keepalive options probably won't help much, but as long as we can
apply them for not much code, we might as well.
Jelte Fennema, reviewed by Fujii Masao and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/AM5PR83MB017870DE81FC84D5E21E9D1EF7AA9@AM5PR83MB0178.EURPRD83.prod.outlook.com
In the new approach, all files across all tablespaces are sent in a
single COPY OUT operation. The CopyData messages are no longer raw
archive content; rather, each message is prefixed with a type byte
that describes its purpose, e.g. 'n' signifies the start of a new
archive and 'd' signifies archive or manifest data. This protocol
is significantly more extensible than the old approach, since we can
later create more message types, though not without concern for
backward compatibility.
The new protocol sends a few things to the client that the old one
did not. First, it sends the name of each archive explicitly, instead
of letting the client compute it. This is intended to make it easier
to write future patches that might send archives in a format other
that tar (e.g. cpio, pax, tar.gz). Second, it sends explicit progress
messages rather than allowing the client to assume that progress is
defined by the number of bytes received. This will help with future
features where the server compresses the data, or sends it someplace
directly rather than transmitting it to the client.
The old protocol is still supported for compatibility with previous
releases. The new protocol is selected by means of a new
TARGET option to the BASE_BACKUP command. Currently, the
only supported target is 'client'. Support for additional
targets will be added in a later commit.
Patch by me. The patch set of which this is a part has had review
and/or testing from Jeevan Ladhe, Tushar Ahuja, Suraj Kharage,
Dipesh Pandit, and Mark Dilger.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoaYZbz0=Yk797aOJwkGJC-LK3iXn+wzzMx7KdwNpZhS5g@mail.gmail.com
Where we test vacuum_truncate's effects, sometimes this is failing to
truncate as expected on the build farm. That could be explained by page
skipping, so disable it explicitly, with the theory that commit fe246d1c
didn't go far enough.
Back-patch to 12, where the vacuum_truncate tests were added.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGLT2UL5_JhmBzUgkdyKfc%3D5J-gJSQJLysMs4rqLUKLAzw%40mail.gmail.com
The tests added by 14d755b000 added a
test case for psql's \set ECHO errors. After the test, it then reset
this to \set ECHO none, which is the default. But the regression
tests are actually run under \set ECHO all (psql -a), so that would
have been the correct way to restore the previous state. Otherwise,
test cases added after that point would not have their input lines
displayed. This was never the intention, so fix this now.
The previous coding was correct, but the style and commentary were a bit
vague about which operations had to happen, in what circumstances, and
in what order. Rearrange so that the epilogue does nothing in the DFA END
state. That allows turning some conditional statements in the backtracking
logic into asserts. With that, we can be more explicit about needing
to backtrack at least one byte in non-END states to ensure checking the
current byte sequence in the slow path. No change to the regression tests,
since they should be able catch deficiencies here already.
In passing, improve the comments around DFA states where the first
continuation byte has a restricted range.
The original coding (from c33869cc3) failed with "more than one row
returned by a subquery used as an expression" if there were unrelated
triggers of the same tgname on parent partitioned tables. (That's
possible because statement-level triggers don't get inherited.) Fix
by applying LIMIT 1 after sorting the candidates by inheritance level.
Also, wrap the subquery in a CASE so that we don't have to execute it at
all when the trigger is visibly non-inherited. Aside from saving some
cycles, this avoids the need for a confusing and undocumented NULLIF().
While here, tweak the format of the emitted query to look a bit
nicer for "psql -E", and add some explanation of this subquery,
because it badly needs it.
Report and patch by Justin Pryzby (with some editing by me).
Back-patch to v13 where the faulty code came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211217154356.GJ17618@telsasoft.com
Most tests invoking pg_basebackup themselves did not yet use -cfast, which
makes pg_basebackup take considerably longer. The only reason this didn't
cause the tests to take many minutes is that spread checkpoints only throttle
when writing out a buffer and there aren't that many dirty buffers in the
tests...
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20220117195711.xx4qbxutrrlmo2dg@alap3.anarazel.de
BufferGetBlockNumber() is not that cheap and obviously cannot change during
one heap_prune_page(), so only call it once. We might be able to do better and
pass the block number from the caller, but that'd be a larger change...
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211211045710.ljtuu4gfloh754rs@alap3.anarazel.de
Currently, database OIDs, relfilenodes, and tablespace OIDs can all
change when a cluster is upgraded using pg_upgrade. It seems better
to preserve them, because (1) it makes troubleshooting pg_upgrade
easier, since you don't have to do a lot of work to match up files
in the old and new clusters, (2) it allows 'rsync' to save bandwidth
when used to re-sync a cluster after an upgrade, and (3) if we ever
encrypt or sign blocks, we would likely want to use a nonce that
depends on these values.
This patch only arranges to preserve relfilenodes and tablespace
OIDs. The task of preserving database OIDs is left for another patch,
since it involves some complexities that don't exist in these cases.
Database OIDs have a similar issue, but there are some tricky points
in that case that do not apply to these cases, so that problem is left
for another patch.
Shruthi KC, based on an earlier patch from Antonin Houska, reviewed
and with some adjustments by me.
Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CA+TgmoYgTwYcUmB=e8+hRHOFA0kkS6Kde85+UNdon6q7bt1niQ@mail.gmail.com
It seems highly unlikely that gettext() can be relied on to be
async-signal-safe. psql used to understand that, but someone got
it wrong long ago in the src/bin/scripts/ version of handle_sigint,
and then the bad idea was perpetuated when those two versions were
unified into src/fe_utils/cancel.c.
I'm unsure why there have not been field complaints about this
... maybe gettext() is signal-safe once it's translated at least
one message? But we have no business assuming any such thing.
In cancel.c (v13 and up), I preserved our ability to localize
"Cancel request sent" messages by invoking gettext() before
the signal handler is set up. In earlier branches I just made
src/bin/scripts/ not localize those messages, as psql did then.
(Just for extra unsafety, the src/bin/scripts/ version was
invoking fprintf() from a signal handler. Sigh.)
Noted while fixing signal-safety issues in PQcancel() itself.
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2937814.1641960929@sss.pgh.pa.us
PQcancel() is supposed to be safe to call from a signal handler,
and indeed psql uses it that way. All of the library functions
it uses are specified to be async-signal-safe by POSIX ...
except for strerror. Neither plain strerror nor strerror_r
are considered safe. When this code was written, back in the
dark ages, we probably figured "oh, strerror will just index
into a constant array of strings" ... but in any locale except C,
that's unlikely to be true. Probably the reason we've not heard
complaints is that (a) this error-handling code is unlikely to be
reached in normal use, and (b) in many scenarios, localized error
strings would already have been loaded, after which maybe it's
safe to call strerror here. Still, this is clearly unacceptable.
The best we can do without relying on strerror is to print the
decimal value of errno, so make it do that instead. (This is
probably not much loss of user-friendliness, given that it is
hard to get a failure here.)
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2937814.1641960929@sss.pgh.pa.us
The token in nodeTokenType() is actually the whole rest of the string,
so we need to take into account the length to do the correct
comparison.
Without this, postgres_fdw tests fail under
-DWRITE_READ_PARSE_PLAN_TREES.
Before, SQL-level boolean constants were represented by a string with
a cast, and internal Boolean values in DDL commands were usually
represented by Integer nodes. This takes the place of both of these
uses, making the intent clearer and having some amount of type safety.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
The logic is similar to default_tablespace in some ways, so as no SET
queries on default_table_access_method are generated before dumping or
restoring an object (table or materialized view support table AMs) when
specifying this new option.
This option is useful to enforce the use of a default access method even
if some tables included in a dump use an AM different than the system's
default.
There are already two cases in the TAP tests of pg_dump with a table and
a materialized view that use a non-default table AM, and these are
extended that the new option does not generate SET clauses on
default_table_access_method.
Author: Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211207153930.GR17618@telsasoft.com
"jsonlog" is a new value that can be added to log_destination to provide
logs in the JSON format, with its output written to a file, making it
the third type of destination of this kind, after "stderr" and
"csvlog". The format is convenient to feed logs to other applications.
There is also a plugin external to core that provided this feature using
the hook in elog.c, but this had to overwrite the output of "stderr" to
work, so being able to do both at the same time was not possible. The
files generated by this log format are suffixed with ".json", and use
the same rotation policies as the other two formats depending on the
backend configuration.
This takes advantage of the refactoring work done previously in ac7c807,
bed6ed3, 8b76f89 and 2d77d83 for the backend parts, and 72b76f7 for the
TAP tests, making the addition of any new file-based format rather
straight-forward.
The documentation is updated to list all the keys and the values that
can exist in this new format. pg_current_logfile() also required a
refresh for the new option.
Author: Sehrope Sarkuni, Michael Paquier
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
The need for this was foreseen long ago, but when record_eq
actually became hashable (in commit 01e658fa7), we missed updating
this spot.
Per bug #17363 from Elvis Pranskevichus. Back-patch to v14 where
the faulty commit came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/17363-f6d42fd0d726be02@postgresql.org
Since enum labels have to be single-quoted, this part of the
tab completion machinery got side-swiped by commit cd69ec66c.
A side-effect of that commit is that (at least with some versions
of Readline) the text string passed for completion will omit the
leading quote mark of the enum label literal. Libedit still acts
the same as before, though, so adapt COMPLETE_WITH_ENUM_VALUE so
that it can cope with either convention.
Also, when we fail to find any valid completion, set
rl_completion_suppress_quote = 1. Otherwise readline will
go ahead and append a closing quote, which is unwanted.
Per report from Peter Eisentraut. Back-patch to v13 where
cd69ec66c came in.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8ca82d89-ec3d-8b28-8291-500efaf23b25@enterprisedb.com
By default, wait_for_catchup() waits for the replication connection
to reach the primary's write LSN. That's fine, but in an apparent
attempt to save one query round-trip, it was coded so that we
executed pg_current_wal_lsn() again during each probe query.
Thus, we presented the standby with a moving target to be reached.
(While the test script itself couldn't be causing the write LSN
to advance while it's blocked in wait_for_catchup(), it's plenty
plausible that background activity such as autovacuum is emitting
more WAL.) That could make the test take longer than necessary,
and potentially it could mask bugs by allowing the standby to process
more WAL than a strict interpretation of the test scenario allows.
So, change wait_for_catchup() to do it "by the book", explicitly
collecting the write LSN to wait for at the outset.
Also, various call sites were instructing wait_for_catchup() to
wait for the standby to reach the primary's insert LSN rather than
its write LSN. This also seems like a bad idea. While in most
test scenarios those are the same, if they are different then the
inserted-but-not-yet-written WAL is not presently available to the
standby. The test isn't doing anything to make it become so, so
again we have the potential for unwanted test delay, perhaps even
a test timeout. (Again, background activity would be needed to
make this more than a hypothetical problem.) Hence, change the
callers where necessary so that the wait target is always the
primary's write LSN.
While at it, simplify callers by making use of wait_for_catchup's
default arguments wherever possible (the preceding change makes
this possible in more places than it was before). And rewrite
wait_for_catchup's documentation a bit.
Patch by me; thanks to Julien Rouhaud for review.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2368336.1641843098@sss.pgh.pa.us
Add pg_statistic_ext_data.stxdinherit flag, so that for each extended
statistics definition we can store two versions of data - one for the
relation alone, one for the whole inheritance tree. This is analogous to
pg_statistic.stainherit, but we failed to include such flag in catalogs
for extended statistics, and we had to work around it (see commits
859b3003de, 36c4bc6e72 and 20b9fa308e).
This changes the relationship between the two catalogs storing extended
statistics objects (pg_statistic_ext and pg_statistic_ext_data). Until
now, there was a simple 1:1 mapping - for each definition there was one
pg_statistic_ext_data row, and this row was inserted while creating the
statistics (and then updated during ANALYZE). With the stxdinherit flag,
we don't know how many rows there will be (child relations may be added
after the statistics object is defined), so there may be up to two rows.
We could make CREATE STATISTICS to always create both rows, but that
seems wasteful - without partitioning we only need stxdinherit=false
rows, and declaratively partitioned tables need only stxdinherit=true.
So we no longer initialize pg_statistic_ext_data in CREATE STATISTICS,
and instead make that a responsibility of ANALYZE. Which is what we do
for regular statistics too.
Patch by me, with extensive improvements and fixes by Justin Pryzby.
Author: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby
Reviewed-by: Tomas Vondra, Justin Pryzby
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210923212624.GI831%40telsasoft.com
Since this test schedule is not run by default, it's next door to
unused. Moreover, its test coverage is very thin, and what there is
is just about entirely superseded by the src/test/recovery tests.
Let's drop it instead of carrying obsolete tests.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3911012.1641246643@sss.pgh.pa.us
AFAICS we had no coverage of this point except in the seldom-used,
slated-for-removal standby_schedule test suite. Sequence updates
are enough different from regular table updates that it seems worth
covering them explicitly in src/test/recovery.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/999497.1641431891@sss.pgh.pa.us
Commit 859b3003de disabled building of extended stats for inheritance
trees, to prevent updating the same catalog row twice. While that
resolved the issue, it also means there are no extended stats for
declaratively partitioned tables, because there are no data in the
non-leaf relations.
That also means declaratively partitioned tables were not affected by
the issue 859b3003de addressed, which means this is a regression
affecting queries that calculate estimates for the whole inheritance
tree as a whole (which includes e.g. GROUP BY queries).
But because partitioned tables are empty, we can invert the condition
and build statistics only for the case with inheritance, without losing
anything. And we can consider them when calculating estimates.
It may be necessary to run ANALYZE on partitioned tables, to collect
proper statistics. For declarative partitioning there should no prior
statistics, and it might take time before autoanalyze is triggered. For
tables partitioned by inheritance the statistics may include data from
child relations (if built 859b3003de), contradicting the current code.
Report and patch by Justin Pryzby, minor fixes and cleanup by me.
Backpatch all the way back to PostgreSQL 10, where extended statistics
were introduced (same as 859b3003de).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210923212624.GI831%40telsasoft.com
Since commit 859b3003de we only build extended statistics for individual
relations, ignoring the child relations. This resolved the issue with
updating catalog tuple twice, but we still tried to use the statistics
when calculating estimates for the whole inheritance tree. When the
relations contain very distinct data, it may produce bogus estimates.
This is roughly the same issue 427c6b5b9 addressed ~15 years ago, and we
fix it the same way - by ignoring extended statistics when calculating
estimates for the inheritance tree as a whole. We still consider
extended statistics when calculating estimates for individual child
relations, of course.
This may result in plan changes due to different estimates, but if the
old statistics were not describing the inheritance tree particularly
well it's quite likely the new plans is actually better.
Report and patch by Justin Pryzby, minor fixes and cleanup by me.
Backpatch all the way back to PostgreSQL 10, where extended statistics
were introduced (same as 859b3003de).
Author: Justin Pryzby
Reported-by: Justin Pryzby
Backpatch-through: 10
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20210923212624.GI831%40telsasoft.com
The log_autovacuum_min_duration instrumentation used its own dedicated
code for logging, which was not reused by VACUUM VERBOSE. This was
highly duplicative, and sometimes led to each code path using slightly
different accounting for essentially the same information.
Clean things up by making VACUUM VERBOSE reuse the same instrumentation
code. This code restructuring changes the structure of the VACUUM
VERBOSE output itself, but that seems like an overall improvement. The
most noticeable change in VACUUM VERBOSE output is that it no longer
outputs a distinct message per index per round of index vacuuming. Most
of the same information (about each index) is now shown in its new
per-operation summary message. This is far more legible.
A few details are no longer displayed by VACUUM VERBOSE, but that's no
real loss in practice, especially in the common case where we don't need
multiple index scans/rounds of vacuuming. This super fine-grained
information is still available via DEBUG2 messages, which might still be
useful in debugging scenarios.
VACUUM VERBOSE now shows new instrumentation, which is typically very
useful: all of the log_autovacuum_min_duration instrumentation that it
missed out on before now. This includes information about WAL overhead,
buffers hit/missed/dirtied information, and I/O timing information.
VACUUM VERBOSE still retains a few INFO messages of its own. This is
limited to output concerning the progress of heap rel truncation, as
well as some basic information about parallel workers. These details
are still potentially quite useful. They aren't a good fit for the log
output, which must summarize the whole operation.
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reviewed-By: Masahiko Sawada <sawada.mshk@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmW4Me7_qR4X4ka7pxP-jGmn7=Npma_-Z-9Y1eD0MQRLw@mail.gmail.com
Add a new TAP test under src/test/recovery to run the standard
regression tests while a streaming replica replays the WAL. This
provides a basic workout for WAL decoding and redo code, and compares
the replicated result.
Optionally, enable (expensive) wal_consistency_checking if listed in
the env variable PG_TEST_EXTRA.
Reviewed-by: 綱川 貴之 (Takayuki Tsunakawa) <tsunakawa.takay@fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Dunstan <andrew@dunslane.net>
Reviewed-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Reviewed-by: Anastasia Lubennikova <lubennikovaav@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKpRWQ9SxdxxDmTBCJoR0YnFpMBe7kyzY8SUQk%2BHeskxg%40mail.gmail.com
The tablespace tests in the main regression tests have been changed to
use "in-place" tablespaces, so that they work when streamed to a replica
on the same host. Add a new TAP test that exercises tablespaces with
absolute paths, for coverage.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKpRWQ9SxdxxDmTBCJoR0YnFpMBe7kyzY8SUQk%2BHeskxg%40mail.gmail.com
Remove the machinery from pg_regress that manages the testtablespace
directory. Instead, use "in-place" tablespaces, because they work
correctly when there is a streaming replica running on the same host.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKpRWQ9SxdxxDmTBCJoR0YnFpMBe7kyzY8SUQk%2BHeskxg%40mail.gmail.com
Provide a developer-only GUC allow_in_place_tablespaces, disabled by
default. When enabled, tablespaces can be created with an empty
LOCATION string, meaning that they should be created as a directory
directly beneath pg_tblspc. This can be used for new testing scenarios,
in a follow-up patch. Not intended for end-user usage, since it might
confuse backup tools that expect symlinks.
Reviewed-by: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-by: Michael Paquier <michael@paquier.xyz>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CA%2BhUKGKpRWQ9SxdxxDmTBCJoR0YnFpMBe7kyzY8SUQk%2BHeskxg%40mail.gmail.com
Get rid of the three-valued logic for the Boolean variables to track
whether the value was been specified and what the new value should be.
Instead, we can use the "dfoo" variables to determine whether the
value was specified and should be applied. This was already done in
some cases, so this makes this more uniform and removes one layer of
indirection.
Reviewed-by: Pavel Stehule <pavel.stehule@gmail.com>
Discussion: https://www.postgresql.org/message-id/flat/8c1a2e37-c68d-703c-5a83-7a6077f4f997@enterprisedb.com
Corruption of redirect item pointers often only becomes visible well after
being corrupted, as e.g. bug #17255 shows: In the original reproducer,
gigabyte of WAL were between the source of the corruption and the corruption
becoming visible.
To make it easier to find / prevent such bugs, verify whether redirect
pointers are sensible at the end of heap_page_prune_execute(). 5cd7eb1f1c
introduced related assertions while modifying the page, but they can't easily
detect marking the target of an existing redirect as unused. Sometimes the
corruption will be detected later, but that's harder to diagnose.
Author: Andres Freund <andres@andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211122175914.ayk6gg6nvdwuhrzb@alap3.anarazel.de
Since dc7420c2c9 the horizon used for pruning is determined "lazily". A more
accurate horizon is built on-demand, rather than in GetSnapshotData(). If a
horizon computation is triggered between two HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() calls
for the same tuple, the result can change from RECENTLY_DEAD to DEAD.
heap_page_prune() can process the same tid multiple times (once following an
update chain, once "directly"). When the result of HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum()
of a tuple changes from RECENTLY_DEAD during the first access, to DEAD in the
second, the "tuple is DEAD and doesn't chain to anything else" path in
heap_prune_chain() can end up marking the target of a LP_REDIRECT ItemId
unused.
Initially not easily visible,
Once the target of a LP_REDIRECT ItemId is marked unused, a new tuple version
can reuse it. At that point the corruption may become visible, as index
entries pointing to the "original" redirect item, now point to a unrelated
tuple.
To fix, compute HTSV for all tuples on a page only once. This fixes the entire
class of problems of HTSV changing inside heap_page_prune(). However,
visibility changes can obviously still occur between HTSV checks inside
heap_page_prune() and outside (e.g. in lazy_scan_prune()).
The computation of HTSV is now done in bulk, in heap_page_prune(), rather than
on-demand in heap_prune_chain(). Besides being a bit simpler, it also is
faster: Memory accesses can happen sequentially, rather than in the order of
HOT chains.
There are other causes of HeapTupleSatisfiesVacuum() results changing between
two visibility checks for the same tuple, even before dc7420c2c9. E.g.
HEAPTUPLE_INSERT_IN_PROGRESS can change to HEAPTUPLE_DEAD when a transaction
aborts between the two checks. None of the these other visibility status
changes are known to cause corruption, but heap_page_prune()'s approach makes
it hard to be confident.
A patch implementing a more fundamental redesign of heap_page_prune(), which
fixes this bug and simplifies pruning substantially, has been proposed by
Peter Geoghegan in
https://postgr.es/m/CAH2-WzmNk6V6tqzuuabxoxM8HJRaWU6h12toaS-bqYcLiht16A@mail.gmail.com
However, that redesign is larger change than desirable for backpatching. As
the new design still benefits from the batched visibility determination
introduced in this commit, it makes sense to commit this narrower fix to 14
and master, and then commit Peter's improvement in master.
The precise sequence required to trigger the bug is complicated and hard to do
exercise in an isolation test (until we have wait points). Due to that the
isolation test initially posted at
https://postgr.es/m/20211119003623.d3jusiytzjqwb62p%40alap3.anarazel.de
and updated in
https://postgr.es/m/20211122175914.ayk6gg6nvdwuhrzb%40alap3.anarazel.de
isn't committable.
A followup commit will introduce additional assertions, to detect problems
like this more easily.
Bug: #17255
Reported-By: Alexander Lakhin <exclusion@gmail.com>
Debugged-By: Andres Freund <andres@anarazel.de>
Debugged-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Author: Andres Freund <andres@andres@anarazel.de>
Reviewed-By: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20211122175914.ayk6gg6nvdwuhrzb@alap3.anarazel.de
Backpatch: 14-, the oldest branch containing dc7420c2c9
Commit 7745bc352 intended to ensure that whole-row Vars would be
printed with "::type" decoration in all contexts where plain
"var.*" notation would result in star-expansion, notably in
ROW() and VALUES() constructs. However, it missed the case of
INSERT with a single-row VALUES, as reported by Timur Khanjanov.
Nosing around ruleutils.c, I found a second oversight: the
code for RowCompareExpr generates ROW() notation without benefit
of an actual RowExpr, and naturally it wasn't in sync :-(.
(The code for FieldStore also does this, but we don't expect that
to generate strictly parsable SQL anyway, so I left it alone.)
Back-patch to all supported branches.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/efaba6f9-4190-56be-8ff2-7a1674f9194f@intrans.baku.az
This is similar to b69aba7, except that this completes the work for
HMAC with a new routine called pg_hmac_error() that would provide more
context about the type of error that happened during a HMAC computation:
- The fallback HMAC implementation in hmac.c relies on cryptohashes, so
in some code paths it is necessary to return back the error generated by
cryptohashes.
- For the OpenSSL implementation (hmac_openssl.c), the logic is very
similar to cryptohash_openssl.c, where the error context comes from
OpenSSL if one of its internal routines failed, with different error
codes if something internal to hmac_openssl.c failed or was incorrect.
Any in-core code paths that use the centralized HMAC interface are
related to SCRAM, for errors that are unlikely going to happen, with
only SHA-256. It would be possible to see errors when computing some
HMACs with MD5 for example and OpenSSL FIPS enabled, and this commit
would help in reporting the correct errors but nothing in core uses
that. So, at the end, no backpatch to v14 is done, at least for now.
Errors in SCRAM related to the computation of the server key, stored
key, etc. need to pass down the potential error context string across
more layers of their respective call stacks for the frontend and the
backend, so each surrounding routine is adapted for this purpose.
Reviewed-by: Sergey Shinderuk
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/Yd0N9tSAIIkFd+qi@paquier.xyz
Commit 9dc718bd added a "logically unchanged by UPDATE" hinting
mechanism, which is currently used within nbtree indexes only (see
commit d168b666). This mechanism determined whether or not the incoming
item is a logically unchanged duplicate (a duplicate needed only for
MVCC versioning purposes) once per row updated per non-HOT update. This
approach led to memory leaks which were noticeable with an UPDATE
statement that updated sufficiently many rows, at least on tables that
happen to have an expression index.
On HEAD, fix the issue by adding a cache to the executor's per-index
IndexInfo struct.
Take a different approach on Postgres 14 to avoid an ABI break: simply
pass down the hint to all indexes unconditionally with non-HOT UPDATEs.
This is deemed acceptable because the hint is currently interpreted
within btinsert() as "perform a bottom-up index deletion pass if and
when the only alternative is splitting the leaf page -- prefer to delete
any LP_DEAD-set items first". nbtree must always treat the hint as a
noisy signal about what might work, as a strategy of last resort, with
costs imposed on non-HOT updaters. (The same thing might not be true
within another index AM that applies the hint, which is why the original
behavior is preserved on HEAD.)
Author: Peter Geoghegan <pg@bowt.ie>
Reported-By: Klaudie Willis <Klaudie.Willis@protonmail.com>
Diagnosed-By: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/261065.1639497535@sss.pgh.pa.us
Backpatch: 14-, where the hinting mechanism was added.
When building append paths, we've been looking only at startup and total
costs for the paths. When building fractional paths that may eliminate
the cheapest one, because it may be dominated by two separate paths (one
for startup, one for total cost).
This extends generate_orderedappend_paths() to also consider which paths
have lowest fractional cost. Currently we only consider paths matching
pathkeys - in the future this may be improved by also considering paths
that are only partially sorted, with an incremental sort on top.
Original report of an issue by Arne Roland, patch by me (based on a
suggestion by Tom Lane).
Reviewed-by: Arne Roland, Zhihong Yu
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/e8f9ec90-546d-e948-acce-0525f3e92773%40enterprisedb.com
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1581042da8044e71ada2d6e3a51bf7bb%40index.de
This should have been added for the benefit of GetPublicationRelations;
let's add it now.
I couldn't measure a performance difference in the TAP tests, but that
may be because the tests use very few publications.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/202201120041.p24wvsfcsope@alvherre.pgsql
The recent refactoring done in ac7c807 makes this move possible and
simple, as this just moves some code around. This reduces the size of
elog.c by 7%.
Author: Michael Paquier, Sehrope Sarkuni
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
simply moves the routines related to csvlog into their own file
This refactors the following routines and facilities coming from
elog.c, to ease their use across multiple log destinations:
- Start timestamp, including its reset, to store when a process has been
started.
- The log timestamp, associated to an entry (the same timestamp is used
when logging across multiple destinations).
- Routine deciding if a query can be logged or not.
- The backend type names, depending on the process that logs any
information (postmaster, bgworker name or just GetBackendTypeDesc() with
a regular backend).
- Write of logs using the logging piped protocol, with the log collector
enabled.
- Error severity converted to a string.
These refactored routines will be used for some follow-up changes
to move all the csvlog logic into its own file and to potentially add
JSON as log destination, reducing the overall size of elog.c as the end
result.
Author: Michael Paquier, Sehrope Sarkuni
Reviewed-by: Nathan Bossart
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAH7T-aqswBM6JWe4pDehi1uOiufqe06DJWaU5=X7dDLyqUExHg@mail.gmail.com
Oversight in commit e2f0f8ed. Also add this file to the exclusion lists
in headerscheck and cpluscpluscheck, because Unix systems don't have a
header it includes.
Reported-by: Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/2760528.1641929756%40sss.pgh.pa.us
If we get ENOENT while trying to read an extension control file,
report that as a missing extension (with a HINT to install it)
rather than as a filesystem access problem. The message wording
was extensively bikeshedded in hopes of pointing people to the
idea that they need to do a software installation before they
can install the extension into the current database.
Nathan Bossart, with review/wording suggestions from Daniel
Gustafsson, Chapman Flack, and myself
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/3950D56A-4E47-48E7-BF9B-F5F22E268BE7@amazon.com
The point of this patch is to reduce inclusion spam by not needing
to #include <netdb.h> or <pwd.h> in port.h (which is read by every
compile in our tree). To do that, we must remove port.h's
declarations of pqGetpwuid and pqGethostbyname.
pqGethostbyname is only used, and is only ever likely to be used,
in src/port/getaddrinfo.c --- which isn't even built on most
platforms, making pqGethostbyname dead code for most people.
Hence, deal with that by just moving it into getaddrinfo.c.
To clean up pqGetpwuid, invent a couple of simple wrapper
functions with less-messy APIs. This allows removing some
duplicate error-handling code, too.
In passing, remove thread.c from the MSVC build, since it
contains nothing we use on Windows.
Noted while working on 376ce3e40.
Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/1634252654444.90107@mit.edu